Switch systems –

Economy meets safety

Sensor systems –
Compact intelligence

Enclosure systems –
Function and design

www.hvssystem.com

System
DISTRIBUTEUR CONSEIL DEPUIS 1985

Contact :
Complete Range Sensor Systems

[email protected]

Tél : 0326824929
Fax : 0326851908

Siège social :
2 rue René Laennec
Complete Range
51500 Taissy Sensor Systems
France
www.hvssystem.com
2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]
Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 BERNSTEIN AG
A Success Story

Safety for man and machine Our expertise for your safety

In-depth market knowledge, the close proximity With sound application expertise we support our
to end users as well as years of experience in customers from all branches of industry in the
mechanical engineering and electronics are planning and implementation of systems designed
reflected down to the last detail in our products. to meet stringent safety requirements. In addition
to classic plant and machine construction, we look
Against this backdrop, BERNSTEIN ranks among after customers in the lift construction, automotive,
the world’s leading providers of industrial safety agriculture, conveyor construction, automation
technology. With our comprehensive range of engineering, wood-working, renewable energy and
switches, sensors, enclosures and operator termi- medical technology industries.
nals, we offer our customers effective and versatile
solutions. By conforming to international safety We welcome direct dialogue with our customers to
guidelines, our products perfectly integrate in enable us to provide them with the best possible
individual system solutions. Our focus is complete solutions for their specific applications.
commitment to safety for man, machine and
industrial processes.

4 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Future-proof solutions

Our objective is to actively influence technical innovation

and modern application solutions. BERNSTEIN has
therefore always been at the centre of defining trends
in technology. With an unwavering commitment to
the future we will continue providing the best possible
answers in terms of technology, ecology and economic
efficiency.

That is our definition of progress!

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 5

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 BERNSTEIN AG
The Product Lines

Switch Systems Sensor Systems

Switch systems – Sensor systems –

Economy meets safety Compact intelligence

BERNSTEIN electromechanical switches offer a The extremely fast and exceptionally precise
convincing price/performance ratio and impress BERNSTEIN sensors operate without interference
with their extreme reliability for many different and wear in all applications. The tried-and-tested
operating voltages. The range extends from limit reliability and the compact dimensions are greatly
switches, encapsulated in insulating material or appreciated in all branches of industry. Matching
metal, through foot switches to safety switching the specific application, in addition to ultrasonic
devices. The AS-i compatible products save time sensors and float switches, customers can choose
and material in installation and provide cost ad- from a wide range of inductive, capacitive, magnetic
vantages in operation. The comprehensive range or optical sensors. Alongside the complete standard
of designs and sizes, the possible switching func- range of sensors, we also offer comprehensive deve-
tions and the choice of actuators make virtually lopment and design for individual solutions.
any application reality.

6 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Enclosure Systems

Enclosure systems –
Function and design

With its long tradition in manufacturing enclosures,

BERNSTEIN combines superior enclosure techno-
logy, designed for encapsulating a diverse range
of applications, with ultramodern and variable sus-
pension systems. An extensive range of aluminium
and plastic terminal boxes as well as the wiring
and circuitry in standard and control enclosures
conforming to specific customer requirements
round off the product portfolio. Our enclosures
conform to standards used in medical technology,
industry as well as food and EX applications.

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 7

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Product Line
Sensor Systems

Sensor systems – Compact intelligence Selecting the right sensor for the job depends on the prevailing
ambient and operating conditions as well as corresponding
BERNSTEIN AG is an established manufacturer of high technical requirements. In addition to the detection method
quality electromechanical and electronic low voltage (inductive, capacitive, optical, ultrasonic or magnetic) it is also
switching devices and sensors. Our products are used in necessary to select the corresponding output function (PNP, NPN,
the most diverse range of applications, ranging from lift AC, normally-closed or normally-open contact). Sensing distances
construction through wood-working and packaging as well as the direction and type of approach are also important
machines through to machine tools. selection criteria. In view of the large number of possible combi-
nations, the scope of application is virtually unlimited.
Contactless sensors are characterised by absolute reliability,
suitability for a wide range of applications and optimum Maximum functions – minimum space
cost-benefit ratio. Their main purpose is to convert mecha-
nical movement into electrical signals that are processed The range of applications in which limit switches are used has
in control systems. changed in line with increasing automation. Sensors are no
longer used purely for the purpose of detecting position but
In modern day applications, however, sensors directly rather they must be able to output analogue values for the
connected to bus systems are being used to an ever purpose of calculating the distance with the necessary signal
greater extent to monitor mechanical movement and processing already taking place in the sensor itself. A sensor can
convert it into digital information. also be used to sample two switching points in order to reduce
the number of components in machines and systems.

8 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
This functionality is achieved by the use of state-of-the-art
microcontrollers and advanced sensor technologies. Modern
sensors from BERNSTEIN therefore open up new applications,
extend the range of functions and as a result significantly
increase efficiency.

Complementing our product range we offer attractive

customer services:

z Risk assessment training, DIN EN ISO 13849, EN 62061

z Assistance in assessing risk and configuring safety functions
z Preassembly of products with standard power supply lines
or customised cables
z Supply of M8, M12 or Ultralock connection technology
z Development of sensors to customer specifications
z Development and manufacture of customer-specific system solutions

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 9

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors Capacitive Sensors Optoelectronic
Sensors
Type Page Type Page

General 12 (FOFSBM



Type Page
t
“

NN
 t
.

t
“

NN t
. (FOFSBM



t
“
 
NN
t
. t
.

t
.

t
.
 t
.

t
.

t
.

t
.

t
.
 t
“

NN

t
“

NN

t

Y

Y

NN

t

Y

Y

NN
t

Y

Y

NN

t
.
 t

Y

Y

NN

t

Y

Y

NN

t

Y

Y

NN

t

Y

Y

NN

t
.


t

Y

Y

NN


t
“

NN


t

Y

Y

NN


t

Y

Y

NN

t

Y

Y

NN
t

Y

Y

NN
t

Y

Y

NN t
“

NN


t

Y

Y

NN

t

Y

Y

NN
t

Y

Y

NN
t

Y

Y

NN
t

Y

Y

NN
t

Y

Y

NN

t

Y

Y

NN

t

Y

NN

10 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Magnetic Switches Ultrasonic Sensors Accessories

Type Page Type Page

(FOFSBM


 (FOFSBM




&MFDUSPNFDIBOJDBM
 t
.
 .BHOFUT




magnetic switches t
.
t
1MBTUJD t
.
t
.FUBM

(FOFSBM



t

Y

Y

NN
 $BCMF
DPVQMFST



t

Y

Y

NN
&MFDUSPOJD

magnetic sensors
t
1MBTUJD
t
.FUBM

t
3FGMFDUPST


t
.PVOUJOH
CSBDLFUT

Slot Sensors Float Switches

4FOTPS
UFTUFS



Type Page Type Page

(FOFSBM


 (FOFSBM




t
&
 Standard 112

t
& float switches
t
Teachable t
4UBJOMFTT
t
&MFDUSPOJD t
#SBTT
t
3FFE
DPOUBDU t
17$

.JOJBUVSF

float switches
t
4UBJOMFTT
t
#SBTT
t
11
t
17$

"EKVTUBCMF


float switches
t
4UBJOMFTT
t
17$

Magnetic Monitoring Annex

Systems
"DDFTTPSJFT


t
3BOHF
PG
GMPBUT 5ZQF
DPEF


t
5FDIOJDBM
EBUB
t
$IFNJDBM
SFTJTUBODF
UBCMF 8JSJOH
EJBHSBNT


t
&ORVJSZPSEFS
GPSN
Type Page

(FOFSBM




t
Magnetic 
monitoring stations
t
$PEFE
NBHOFUJD

switches

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 11

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors

Functional principle

In general, inductive proximity switches

consist of four basic elements: a coil, an
oscillator, a threshold switch and an out-
put stage with short-circuit protection.
The oscillator generates a high frequency,
electromagnetic alternating field which
is emitted from the active face of the coil.
Eddy currents are induced in a metal
object that enters this field. These eddy
currents draw energy from both the elec-
tromagnetic field and from the oscillator Nominal sensing distance: (Sn)
which is consequently attenuated. The
more energy taken the closer the metal The nominal sensing distance is a device-
object moves towards the active face. specific characteristic value that is depen-
The threshold switch switches on the dent on the coil diameter.
output stage at a defined attenuation
value. In proximity switches with a DC Real sensing distance: (Sr)
voltage supply, this switch is designed
as an NPN transistor which switches the The real sensing distance is measured at
connected load to the negative pole or as nominal voltage and nominal temperature.
a PNP transistor which switches the load It must be between 90 % – 110 % of the
to the positive pole. The output stage is a nominal sensing distance.
thyristor or a triac in AC voltage switches.
Useable sensing distance: (Su)

The useable sensing distance is measured

within the permissible temperature and Repeatability
voltage ranges and is 90 % – 110 % of the
real sensing distance. Repeatability is the ability of a sensor to
repeatedly detect and object at the same
Electro-
Switch end position magnetic
Object Operational sensing distance: (Sa) distance away from the sensing surface.
Threshold value switch field (Assured operation distance) The typical deviation is < 5 %.
Oscillator
Coil
The operational sensing distance takes into Reduction factors
account the influence of the supply voltage,
temperature and control systems. Reliable The definition of the sensing distance is
Sensing distance switching under all permissible operating based on the measurement performed with
conditions is assured within 0 % – 81 % of a standardised square target made of steel.
The sensing distance (gap) is determined the nominal sensing distance. Sa ~ 0.81 Sn If other materials with the same dimensions
by the coil diameter, i.e. larger sensors are are used, the sensing distance will be redu-
required for larger sensing distances. The Hysteresis: (H) ced as shown in the following graphic.
sensing distance is also dependent on the
size of the metal object to be detected as Hysteresis refers to the difference between
well as the material it is made from. the switch-on point as an object approa-
ches and the switch-off point as the object
Target moves away. This hysteresis is specified as
a percentage of the nominal sensing dis-
The sensing distance is measured with a tance and is typically 10 %. It is required to
1 mm thick square measuring plate made prevent the output chattering in response
of steel (ST 37) referred to as a target. to slowly approaching objects, temperature
The edge length is equal to the diameter drift, electrical interference or vibration.
of the active face or equal to three times
the sensing distance depending on which
value is the greater.

12 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Switching frequency Flush mount Protection class

The switching frequency is measured with Corresponding to their ID code, the en-
a redating, non-conductive plate, on which closures are dustproof and waterproof in
the standard targets are mounted as illus- accordance with IP65 or IP67 (EN 60529).
trated (size of targets as previously defined).
Short-circuit protection
Catalogue symbol
for flush mount Standard sensors are predected against
short-circuit (cyclic) and polarity reversal.
The active face can be flush
with a metal surface. Tightening torque requirements

Non-flush mount BERNSTEIN supplies corresponding

mounting nuts with its sensors. Refer
to the respective datasheets for the
required tightening torque.

The distance between the targets and Tightening torque examples for
sensor is equal to half the nominal sensing sensors in brass enclosure:
distance. The maximum switching frequency Catalogue symbol M4 0.8 Nm
for non-flush mount M5 1.5 Nm
is reached when the switch-on or switch-
M8 8 Nm
off signal time drops below 50 μs.
M12 10 Nm
Sensors for non-flush mount require a M18 25 Nm
Temperaturee range M30 70 Nm
clearance equal to three times the sensor
enclosure diameter and a min. depth of
For most sensors, the permissible ambient
2x Sn.
temperature range is between -25 °C and Materials
+70 °C (-13 °F to +158 °F). Sensors with an
extended temperature range of -40 °C to The sensors are predected by a glass fibre
+100 °C are also available. reinforced thermoplastic, brass or stainless
steel enclosure. The connection cable has
Assembly PVC or PU sheathing.

Inductive sensors contain a coil on a ferro- Connection systems

magnetic core that bundles the electro-
magnetic alternating field. The core is ins- Minimum spacing between
The following connection systems
talled in the enclosure in such a way that non-flush mount sensors are available for standard sensors:
the field emerges from the switch at the
active face. A part of the magnetic field, z Cable variants (2 m) with PVC
however, also emerges from the side of the or PUR sheathing
core. The sensor in a flush mount arrange- z Connector variants with M8,
ment would already be influenced by the M12 connector or connector
metal on the sides. For this reason, a metal conforming to DIN 43650
band is fitted about the core in plastic en-
z Quick-connect system with
closures, thus restricting the lateral mag-
Ultralock connectors
netic field in a flush mount configuration. Installation with a mounting bracket
parallel to a steel wall
Due to the pre-attenuation attributed to
the metal ring or a metal enclosure, flush Standards and approvals
mount versions have a shorter sensing NAMUR sensors
distance than non-flush mount sensors (Standardization association for measure- All sensors are CE-certified. The following
and can be mounted closer to each other. ment and control in chemical industries) European standards apply in accordance
with CENELEC:

z EN 60947-5-2 Proximity switches

z EN 60947-5-6 NAMUR sensors

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 13

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type Ø 3 mm, Ø 4 mm, Ø 6.5 mm, M4, M5)

Type Ø 3 mm Ø 4 mm Ø 6.5 mm
Type of installation Flush Flush Flush Flush
Nominal sensing distance 0.6 mm 0.8 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8
Special feature

PNP DC NO contact 6502999019 6502999004 6502999010 6502999012

NC contact 6502799007 6502799002 6502799011
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6502399004 6502399009
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact
NC contact
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 3000 Hz 3000 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4401 Stainless steel 1.4401 Stainless steel 1.4401
Connection 3 x 0.055 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

14 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Ø 6.5 mm M4 M5 M5
Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
1.5 mm 1.5 mm 0.6 mm 1 mm 1 mm 1 mm
Cable 2 m Cable 5 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m
NAMUR

6502999034 6602999460 6502999020 6502999003 6502999018

6502799008 6502799001 6502799019

6502399003

6501699008

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 5-25 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 100 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA -
1000 Hz 1000 Hz 3000 Hz 3000 Hz 3000 Hz ≈ 3 kHz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
-/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- -/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Stainless steel 1.4401 Stainless steel 1.4401 Stainless steel 1.4305 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.055 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1 2 x 0.14 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 15

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M8)

Type M8 M8 M8
Type of installation Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
Nominal sensing distance 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 6 m Connector M8 Connector M8 Connector M12
Special feature

PNP DC NO contact 6932901001 6502901004 6932942001 6502942007

NC contact 6502701001 6502742001
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6932301001 6932342001
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact
NC contact
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- -/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1 M8 x 1 M12 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

16 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M8 M8 M8 M8
Flush Flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm
Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8 Connector M12
Temperature Temperature NAMUR

6502901008 6502942013 6502916003 6502942006 6502942008

6502301006

6501601003

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 5-25 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA - ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
1000 Hz 1000 Hz ≈ 1 kHz 750 Hz 750 Hz 750 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- -/- LED/- LED/- -/-

-40°C/+100° -40°C/+100° -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305
3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1 2 x 0.25 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 17

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M8, M12)

Type M8 M12 M12

Type of installation Non-flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
Nominal sensing distance 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Special feature NAMUR

PNP DC NO contact 6932903001 6932943001 6502903016

NC contact 6602743112 6502703005
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6932303001 6932343001 6502303007
NC contact 6502103003
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC 6501601005
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6503503001
NC contact 6503403001
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 5-25 VDC 10-36 VDC 76-250 V AC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB - ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F ≈ 1 kHz 800 Hz ≈ 10 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz
Short circuit-protection - Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator -/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN60 529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material Stainless steel 1.4305 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 2 x 0.25 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 2 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

18 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M12 M12 M12 M12
Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm
Connector M8 Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m
4000 Hz Temperature Ultralock NAMUR

6502943008 6502943006 6502903012 6502903026 6502943017

6502743005

6502343009

6501624760

10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC 5-25 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA -
800 Hz 800 Hz 4000 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz ≤ 800 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
LED/- -/- LED/- LED/- LED/- -/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -40°C/+100° -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
M8 x 1 M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 2 x 0.25 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 19

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M12)

Type M12 M12 M12

Type of installation Flush Flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush
Nominal sensing distance 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature Sensing dist. Sensing dist. Sensing dist.

PNP DC NO contact 6502903025 6502943015 6502903023 6932904001

NC contact 6932704001
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6932304001
NC contact 6932104001
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6503504001
NC contact 6503404001
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 76-250 V AC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 800 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz 400 Hz ≈ 10 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 2 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

20 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M12 M12 M12 M12
Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm
Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12
Plastic 3000 Hz Ultralock

6932944001 6502904014 6502944006 6502919001 6502904010 6502944015

6502744003

6932344001 6502304007 6502344010

6501304001

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-36 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz 3000 Hz 400 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- -/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA, red CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 2 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 21

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M12, M18)

Type M12 M12 M18

Type of installation Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Flush Flush
Nominal sensing distane 4 mm 8 mm 8 mm 5 mm 5 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature NAMUR Sensing dist. Sensing dist.

PNP DC NO contact 6502904021 6502944013 6932905001

NC contact 6932705001
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6602344458
NC contact 6932105001
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC 6501625761
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6503505004
NC contact 6503405001
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 5-25 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 20-250 V AC
Rated operating current IB - ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA
Switching frequency (max) F ≤ 400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz 500 Hz ≈ 10 Hz
Short circuit-protection - Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
Function/operating voltage indicator -/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 2 x 0.25 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

22 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M12, M18)

Type M12 M12 M18

Type of installation Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Flush Flush
Nominal sensing distane 4 mm 8 mm 8 mm 5 mm 5 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature NAMUR Sensing dist. Sensing dist.

PNP DC NO contact 6502904021 6502944013 6932905001

NC contact 6932705001
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6602344458
NC contact 6932105001
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC 6501625761
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6503505004
NC contact 6503405001
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 5-25 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 20-250 V AC
Rated operating current IB - ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA
Switching frequency (max) F ≤ 400 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz 500 Hz ≈ 10 Hz
Short circuit-protection - Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
Function/operating voltage indicator -/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 2 x 0.25 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

22 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18 M18
Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm
Connector M12 Cable 6 m Connector M12 DIN Connector DIN Connector DIN Connector Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Plastic Plastic

6932905004 6502905013 6502905012 6602905662 6502940001 6502920990

6502705007 6502705001
6502840002
6932305004

6503520697

10-36 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 24-250 V AC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz ≈ 10 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
LED/- LED/- -/- LED/- LED/- -/- LED/- LED/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA, red PA, red
M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 DIN 43650 DIN 43650 DIN 43650 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 23

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M18)

Type M18 M18 M18

Type of installation Flush Flush Flush Flush
Nominal sensing distance 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm 5 mm
Type of connection Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Special feature Temperature Temperature Ultralock NAMUR

PNP DC NO contact 6502940006 6502905023 6502905026

NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6502305013
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC 6501626762
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact
NC contact
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC 5-25 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA -
Switching frequency (max) F 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz ≤ 400 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- -/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -40°C/+100° -40°C/+100° -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 2 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

24 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18 M18
Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush non-Flush non-Flush
8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm
Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m DIN Connector Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Sensing dist. Sensing dist. Sensing dist. Sensing dist. Sensing dist.

6502905022 6502940005 6502905010 6502906009 6932906001

6932706001
6602840128
6932306001

6503506002
6503406001

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 12-48 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-36 VDC 20-250 V AC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA
500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz ≈ 10 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic -
LED/- LED/- LED/- -/- -/- LED/- LED/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 DIN 43650 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 25

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M18)

Type M18 M18 M18

Type of installation Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
Nominal sensing distance 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature Plastic Plastic

PNP DC NO contact 6932906004 6502921975 6502906006

NC contact 6932706002 6502706002
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6932306004 6502306004
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact 6501306001
AC NO contact 6503521705
NC contact 6503421704
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 24-250 V AC 10-36 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F ≈ 10 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz
Short circuit-protection - Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PA, red CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA, red CuZn39Pb3
Connection 2 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

26 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18 M18
Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm
DIN Connector DIN Connector Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12
Ultralock NAMUR

6502941001 6502906021
6502741001
6602841421
6502306011

6501627763
6502006001 6602006111

10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-36 VDC 5-25 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA - - -
200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz ≤ 200 Hz - -
Cyclic - Cyclic - Cyclic -
LED/- -/- LED/- -/- -/- -/-

-25°C/+70°C -40°C/+80°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
DIN 43650 DIN 43650 M12 x 1 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 27

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M18, M30)

Type M18 M30 M30

Type of installation Non-flush Non-flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
Nominal sensing distance 16 mm 16 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Special feature Sensing dist. Sensing dist.

PNP DC NO contact 6502906018 6502941004 6932907001 6932907002 6502907003

NC contact 6502707001
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6503507378
NC contact 6503407240
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 20-250 V AC 10-36 VDC 10-60 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 200 Hz 200 Hz 300 Hz ≈ 10 Hz 300 Hz 300 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

28 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M30 M30 M30 M30
Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
Cable 2 m DIN Connector DIN Connector DIN Connector Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12
Plastic Plastic Temperature Temperature Ultralock

6502939001 6502907013 6502939006 6502907014

6502722708

6502822862

6503535960
6503435959

10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 20-265 V AC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 500 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
300 Hz 300 Hz 300 Hz 20 Hz 300 Hz 300 Hz 300 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -40°C/+100° -40°C/+100° -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67 IP67
PA, red PA, red CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
3 x 0.5 mm2 DIN 43650 DIN 43650 DIN 43650 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 29

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type M30)

Type M30 M30 M30

Type of installation Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
Nominal sensing distance 10 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2.5 m Connector M12
Special feature NAMUR

PNP DC NO contact 6932908001 6502908002 6932908002

NC contact 6602308459
Antivalent NO/NC 6502808001
NPN DC NO contact 6502308001
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC 6501699012
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6503508246
NC contact
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 5-25 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-60 VDC 20-250 V AC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB - ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F ≤ 300 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz ≈ 10 Hz 100 Hz
Short circuit-protection - Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator -/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

30 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M30 M30 M30 M30
Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 40 mm
Cable 2 m Cable 2.5 m DIN Connector DIN Connector Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Plastic Plastic Plastic Ultralock Sensing dist.
60

M30 x 1,5

Ø5
10 5 SW 36

6502923981 6502935001 6502908008 6502908009

6502836860

6502008001

6503523956
6503423955

10-60 VDC 20-250 V AC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-30 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
100 Hz ≈ 10 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz ≤ 100 Hz
Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67
PA, red PA, red PA, red CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 DIN 43650 DIN 43650 M12 x 1 3 x 0.34 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 31

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type Ø 34 mm, 5 x 5, 8 x 8, 12 x 12, 16 x 8, 27 x 10, 28 x 16)

Type Ø 34 mm 5 x 5 x 25 mm 8 x 8 x 40 mm 8 x 8 x 56 mm
Type of installation non-flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
Nominal sensing distance 20.0 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8
Special feature

PNP DC NO contact 6502915002 6502999026 6502980004 6602980087 6502980002

NC contact 6502715001 6502799010 6502780001 6502780002
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6502380001
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog. 6502915001
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact
NC contact
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-60 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 100 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- -/- -/- -/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C 0°C/+100°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PBT, red CuZn39PB3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.05 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

32 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
12 x12 x 55mm 16 x 8 x 5 mm 27 x 10 x 5 mm 28x 16x 11mm
Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush Flush
4 mm 4 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm 2 mm
Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8

6502999028 6502999030 6502985002 6502993001 6502973001 6502973002

6502773002 6502773001

6502399021 6502393001

10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
800 Hz 800 Hz 1000 Hz 1000 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- -/- LED/- LED/- LED/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA, black PA, black PA, black PA, black
3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 33

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type 28 x 16 mm, 40 x 26 mm, 50 x 25 mm, 60 x 36 mm)

Type 40 x26 x12 mm 40x 26x 12mm 40x 26x 12mm

Type of installation Flush Flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
Nominal sensing distance 2 mm 2 mm 2 mm 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8
Special feature

PNP DC NO contact 6502984023 6502984025 6502984024 6502984026

NC contact 6502784006 6502784007 6502784008
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6503584004 6503584005
NC contact 6503484003 6503484004
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 20-250 V AC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 20-250 V AC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 800 Hz 10 Hz 800 Hz 400 Hz 10 Hz 400 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black
Connection 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 M8 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 M8 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

34 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
50 x25 x 10mm 50 x25 x10 mm 60x 36x 10mm
Flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
5 mm 5 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm
Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Connector M8 Connector M8

6502990001 6502990005 6502990003 6502990006

6502790002 6602799048

6502390001 6502390002

10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA
500 Hz 500 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz 200 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
PA, black PA, black PA, black PA, black PA, black
3 x 0.5 mm2 M8 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 M8 x 1 M8 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 35

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Inductive Sensors (Type 68 x 30 mm, 40 x 40 mm)

Type 68 x30 x15 mm 40 x 40 mm 40 x 40 mm

Type of installation Non-flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
Nominal sensing distance 7 mm 15 mm 20 mm 15 mm 0 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12 DIN Connector Cable 6 m
Special feature Ring sensor

PNP DC NO contact 6502956076 6502988001 6502982003 6502999036

NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact
NC contact 6502156058
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog. 6502982001
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact
NC contact
Changeover contact
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-60 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-30 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 200 Hz 100 Hz 50 Hz 100 Hz -
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP67
Enclosure material PBT, black PA, red/black PA, red/black PA, red PA, black
Connection 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 DIN 43650 3 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

36 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Notes

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 37

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Capacitive Sensors

Functional principle The response sensitivity, i.e. the sensing In terms of capacitive proximity switches
distance with a given actuator can be a distinction is made between
Capacitive proximity switches detect con- ad-justed in this way. The oscillator output
ductive and non-conductive materials that signal is fed to an evaluation circuit that z flush mount and
can be in a solid or liquid state. They serve actuates the switching amplifier. z non-flush mount
the purpose of monitoring product levels
in containers, checking contents in filling In response to the approach of conductive limit switches.
and packaging systems as well as detec- material the actuating object and the active
ting, positioning, monitoring and counting face of the sensor form the plates of a
objects, e.g. in sequence control systems, capacitor. The change in capacitance and
conveyor belts. the consequently achievable sensing dis-
tance are large.
Used for detecting media such as:
In response to the approach of non-
z Solid: conductive material ε > 1 only the change
Wood, ceramic, glass, paper stacks, in the dielectric constant is effective.
plastic, stone, rubber, ice, nonferrous The increase in capacitance is less than
In the case of non-flush mount limit swit-
metals, potatoes is the case for conductive materials.
ches a clearance that must contain no in-
z Liquid: The resulting sensing distance is small.
fluencing material must be created about
Water, oil, beverages, adhesives, paints the switch. Due to the adjustment facility
z Granular: Sensitivity table available in capacitive proximity switches,
Plastic pellets, granulated products, the installation of non-flush mount devices
St37 or other metals, earthed 1.00
grain, fodder, wood chip is not problematic in connection with redu-
Surface of water 1.00
z Powder: ced clearance. Non-flush mount capacitive
St37 150 x 150 x 1 mm, not earthed 0.85
Dyes, detergents, sand, cement, Marble 150 x 150 x 12.5 mm 0.65
proximity switches are characterised by low
fertilizer, salt, sugar, flour, coffee Glass 150 x 150 x 7.5 mm 0.55 sensitivity to soiling or condensation.
Stack of paper DIN A 4, 80 g/m2, 500 sheets 0.55
Technical description Fibre board 150 x 150 x 16 mm 0.45 A screening electrode built into flush mount
Ceramic tile 150 x 150 x 6 mm 0.25 limit switches is connected to circuit ground.
The function of the capacitive proximity PVC 150 x 150 x 4 mm 0.15 As both electrodes of the capacitor are now
switch is based on evaluating the influence close together, flush mount capacitive pro-
exerted by an actuator on the electrical ximity switches are particularly suitable for
These values only indicate the expected
field at the active face of the switch. The sensing dielectrics. The disadvantage is that
magnitude of the response sensitivity as
approach of an influencing object increases this configuration has an increased sensitivity
the specific properties of the actuating
the capacitance of the capacitor, which con- to condensation or soiling.
object and of the surroundings in actual
sists of a sensor electrode located behind applications have a considerable influence
the active face and the actuator connected Capacitive proximity switches can mutually
on the response distance. It is important to
to earth/mass. influence each other if they are mounted
take into account the influence of moisture
This increase in capacitance is dependent next to or opposite each other. In such
in order to ensure trouble-free operation.
on the conductance and the dielectric configurations, the response of flush mount
A high water content in the material to be
constant of the actuator as well as its mass, switches is considerably less sensitive than
detected, e.g. wood or paper, increases the
surface area and its distance from the sen- non-flush mount switches. Trials under actu-
sensing distance considerably.
sor electrode. The capacitive limit switch is al application conditions should be carried
equipped with an RC oscillator with a gain out at distances from > 2x to <8x enclosure
factor that increases as a result of the rise diameter. Arrangements with distances > 8x
in capacitance of the previously described enclosure diameter are not problematic.
capacitor to such an extent that oscillation
is induced. In limit switches, the capaci-
tance required to induce oscillation can be
determined by the built-in potentiometer
intervening in the feedback of the oscillator.

38 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Active face: The active face of a capacitive Real sensing distance (sr): The real sensing Switching frequency: The switching fre-
proximity switch is the point at which the distance is measured at a rated voltage and quency is measured in accordance with
electrical field emerges. This point is loca- an ambient temperature of 23 °C +/–5 °C. EN 60947-5-2. The standard targets with the
ted at the end face on types designed as It must be between 90 % and 110 % of the side length “a” are mounted on a plate that
threaded sleeves or smooth cylinders. Non- nominal sensing distance. exerts minimum influence at “2a” intervals
cylindrical limit switches are identified by and are moved passed the proximity switch
a symbol on the corresponding face. Useable sensing distance (su): The useable to be tested at half the nominal sensing
sensing distance is measured within the per- distance. The maximum switching frequency
Influencing: In relation to a capacitive missible temperature and voltage ranges and is reached when the switch-on or switch-off
proximity switch the term influencing is 80 % – 120 % of the real sensing distance. time of the proximity switch is 50 μs. In the
refers to the change in the switching case of AC proximity switches, the maximum
status in response to the medium to be Assured sensing distance (sa): (operational switching frequency is reached when the
detected entering the electrical field. sensing distance): This is the distance that switch-on and switch-off time is equal to the
can be used effectively under the influence half wave period of the supply frequency.
Standard target: The standard target is of temperature, voltage as well as tolerance
defined as a square plate, 1 mm thick and variables. It is between 0 % and 72 % of the
made from FE 360. nominal sensing distance.

Temperature range: In accordance with

DIN, the temperature range is from -25 °C to
+70 °C. Reliable operation is ensured within
The side length “a” of the square target this range.
corresponds to the diameter of the circle
described by the active face. The length Protection class
of its side is defined as the larger of either Reproducibility: The reproducibility of the
the active face diameter or three times the switching distance is the repeat accuracy of Corresponding to their ID code, the en-
nominal sensing distance. The target must the real sensing distance of two successive closures are dustproof and waterproof in
be earthed in order to ensure comparable switching operations within a period of 8 accordance with IP65 or IP67 (DIN 40050).
sensing distances. The sensing distance of hours at an ambient temperature between
rectangular, capacitive proximity switches 18 °C and 28 °C and a supply voltage that Connection cable
is determined by means of an earthed may not deviate by more than 5 % from the
target with a size equal to the surface of rated voltage. The difference between any A PVC-insulated connection cable is supplied
the active side of the limit switch. two measurements must not be more than as standard. Special versions with silicone
10 % of the real sensing distance. sheathing, polyurethane sheathing, irradi-
Sensing distance: The sensing distance, ation cross-linked PVC or Teflon insulation
that changes the status of the output stage, Switching hysteresis: The switching hys- are also available.
is the distance of the influencing object in teresis refers to the difference between the
relation to the active face. switch-on point as an object approaches Plug connection
the target and the switch-off point as the
Nominal sensing distance (sn): This is a object moves away from the proximity Nowadays the plug connection is just as
device-specific characteristic value that switch. The value is specified as a percentage significant as the fixed cable on electronic
does not take into account influences such of the real sensing distance. proximity switches. The capacitive proxi-
as tolerance, temperature and changes in mity switches in the BERNSTEIN range can
voltage. be equipped with a wide variety of plug
connections. As standard, this catalogue
contains connector versions of virtually all
types of limit switch.

Standards

All sensors conform to EN 60947-5-2

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 39

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Capacitive Sensors

Important information
Examples of dielectric constants

Capacitive sensors are able to detect Glass 3 ... 14

conductive and non-conductive materials Rubber 2.5 ... 3
in solid, liquid, granular or powder form. Laminated paper 3.5 ... 6
However, certain criteria must be taken Wood 2.5 ... 6.8
Marble 8.4 ... 14
into account in practical applications.
Mineral oil 2.15
Epoxy resin 3.3 ... 3.6
Sensing distance Above: Insulation glass production lines equipped with
Petroleum 2.2 BERNSTEIN capacitive sensors
Plexiglass 3.6
The nominal sensing distances are specified Polyamide 3 ... 8
and set at the factory in accordance with PVC 3.3 ... 4.1
Further fields of application are illustrated
DIN EN 60947-5-2/98. The maximum sensing Porcelain 4.2 ... 6.5
below.
distance is achieved on approach of conduc- Teflon PTFE 2
tive materials of corresponding size. Air 1
Water 80.8
On approach of non-conductive materials, Paper (dry) 2
Level monitoring in
the dielectric constant ε of the material non-metallic containers
to be detected is of decisive significance.
Depending on the application, the specified
sensing distances vary by a certain factor
in relation to the dielectric constant. The Level monitoring of bulk
values determined according to the table material, e.g. granulated
only indicate the expected magnitude of the material, fodder
response sensitivity as the specific properties
of the actuating object (diameter, thickness,
moisture content etc.) and of the surroun-
dings (earthing) in actual applications have Stack height scanning,
a considerable influence on the response e.g. paper, chip board
distance. In most cases adaptation to the
specific application can be achieved by ad- Variance of sensing distance as a function of ε ε
justment with the built-in potentiometer.
Fill level monitoring in
Clearance Application descriptions paint and adhesive
containers
In the case of non-flush mount capacitive A particular application of capacitive
sensors a clearance that must contain no proximity switches is to detect levels in
influencing material must be created about non-metallic containers from the outside.
the sensor. Non-flush mount capacitive sen- Advantage: There is no need to make a Registering, counting,
sors are characterised by low sensitivity to hole in the container wall for the purpose sorting or monitoring in
soiling or condensation. On account of their of detecting product level. The medium conveyor belt systems
design, flush mount capacitive sensors are to be detected does not come in contact
particularly suitable for sensing dielectrics. with the limit switch. The prerequisite is
The increased sensitivity, however, may be that the dielectric constant and the mass
detrimental in terms of the above menti- of the material to be detected are greater Detecting, positioning in
oned parasitic effects. than that of the container. The response sequence control systems
sensitivity of the proximity switch must be
If capacitive proximity switches are to be reduced with the built-in potentiometer to
mounted opposite or next to each other, such an extent that the limit switch does
trials under actual application conditions not respond to the container wall but rather Detection in woodworking
should be carried out at distances between to the medium to be detected. applications
2x and 8x enclosure diameter. Thanks to the
adjustment facility, however, adaptation
to specific applications is almost always
possible.
Belt breakage signalling

Level monitoring
in packing systems

40 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Notes

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 41

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Capacitive Sensors (Type M12, M18)

Type M12 M12 M12

Type of installation Flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
Nominal sensing distance 2 mm 2 mm 4 mm 4 mm 6 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m
Special feature Sensing dist.

PNP DC NO contact 6507903001 6507903004 6507919001 6507919004 6607919110

NC contact 6507703001
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6507303001 6507319001
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact
NC contact
Changeover contact
Technical data
Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensing distance, adjustable Poti - Poti - Poti

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 M8 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

42 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18
Flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
5.0 mm 5.0 mm 8.0 mm 8.0 mm 8.0 mm 13.5 mm
Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8 Connector M12
Sensing dist.

6507905001 6507905004 6507921724 6507921002 6507921004

6507821001
6507305001 6507321723

6508521001
6508421001

10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 20-250 V AC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC
≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 15 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic
LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED
Poti Poti Poti Poti Poti Poti

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black
3 x 0.5 mm2 M8 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 M8 x 1 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu  Length 65 mm

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 43

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Capacitive Sensors (Type M30, M32)

Type M30 M30 M30

Type of installation Flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
Nominal sensing distance 10 mm 10 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Special feature Short form

PNP DC NO contact 6507907001 6507907004 6507923727 6507923004 6507923006

NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC 6507707001
NPN DC NO contact 6507323001 6507323004
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6508523001
NC contact 6508423001
Changeover contact
Technical data
Rated operating voltage UB 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 20-250 V AC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 400 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 300 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 15 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED
Sensing distance, adjustable Poti Poti Poti Poti Poti Poti

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black
Connection 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 2 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

44 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M32 M32 M32
Flush Flush Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush
15 mm 15 mm 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm
Cable 6 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Timer/Relay

SWITCH

SWITCH SWITCH

6507013013 6507013015 6507013001 6507013004

6507013012

6508613001

10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 180-250 V AC

≤ 400 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤8A
25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz -
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic -
LED/LED LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/LED
Poti Poti Poti Poti Poti

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBT, black PBT, black PBT, black
3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 M12 x 1 5 x 0.5 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 45

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Capacitive Sensors (Type Ø 20 mm, Ø 34 mm, E50, E68)

Type Ø 20 mm Ø 20 mm Ø 34 mm
Type of installation Non-flush Non-flush Non-flush Flush Non-flush
Nominal sensing distance 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 20 mm 30 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M8 Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Special feature

PNP DC NO contact 6507910001 6507910004 6507915006 6507915001

NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
NPN DC NO contact 6507310002 6507310004 6507315001
NC contact
Antivalent NO/NC
PNP/NPN DC NO/NC prog.
push-pull operation
NAMUR DC
Analogue DC
2-wire DC NO contact
NC contact
AC NO contact 6508510001
NC contact 6508410001
Changeover contact
Technical data
Rated operating voltage UB 10-60 VDC 20-250 V AC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC 10-60 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 400 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 400 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 400 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 25 Hz 15 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz
Short circuit-protection Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED
Sensing distance, adjustable Poti Poti Poti Poti Poti

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Enclosure material PBT, red PBT, red PBT, red CuZn39Pb3 PBT, red
Connection 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm M8 x 1 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers, mounting brackets and sensor tester.

46 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Ø 34 mm E50 E68
Non-flush Non-flush Flush Flush
30 mm 30 mm 8 mm 10 mm
Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m

6507915004 6507990001 6507956001

6507390001 6507356001

6508515001
6508415001

10-60 VDC 20-250 V AC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC

≤ 400 mA ≤ 300 mA ≤ 200 mA ≤ 200 mA
25 Hz 15 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz
Cyclic - Cyclic Cyclic
LED/LED LED/LED LED/- LED/-
Poti Poti Poti Poti

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
PBT, red PBT, red PBT, black PBT, black
M12 x 1 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.34 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 47

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors

BERNSTEIN optoelectronic sensors Through-beam sensors The ranges of these types of sensor
can be divided into three basic types specified in the Technical Data section
(operating modes): in this catalogue relate to an 83 mm
diameter triple reflector. Different ranges
z Through-beam sensor by using other types or sizes of reflector
z Retro-reflective sensor are available on request.
z Diffuse-reflection sensor
Advantages:

In accordance with EN 60947-5-2 the z Easy installation of light barrier

sensors are described as “photoelectric and reflector
proximity switches” and CE-certified.
z The reflector can be used as a moving
Through-beam sensors consist of an light signal generator, e.g. in conveyor systems
The use of the sensor systems depends transmitter (light source) and a spatially
primarily on the specific application and separated receiver. The light emitted by
operating environment. Disadvantages:
the transmitter is analysed by the receiver.
An interruption in the light path, e.g. by an
Several applications are outlined on these z Shorter sensing range than a through-
object, is evaluated and causes the output
pages, illustrating the advantages and beam system since the light beam has to
to switch.
disadvantages of the individual operating travel from the transmitter (light source)
modes. to the reflector and back to the receiver
Advantages:
z Highly polished objects can act as
Dividing all optoelectronic sensors into z Long sensing distance; the light beam reflectors and may cause malfunctions
type groups simplifies device selection. needs only to travel in one direction
The distinguishing criteria for the type from the transmitter to the receiver Retro-reflective sensors with
families are the shape and material of the polarisation filter
z High operational reliability; interference
enclosure. The available operating modes
reflections rarely trigger the receiver
of the individual type groups are speci-
fied in the Technical Data section of this z Detection of even the smallest objects
catalogue. by additionally mounting lenses or
screens
In general, BERNSTEIN optoelectric sensors
operate using pulsating red or infrared Disadvantages:
light. This technology offers the following
advantages: z High installation cost with two devices
having to be mounted, wired and
z High immunity to ambient light adjusted
z Maximum sensing range This is a special type of retro-reflective
z Lower heat built-up and therefore Retro-reflective sensors sensor. A special linear or circular polarised
longer service life of transmit diodes filter element (film) is placed between the
transmit or receive elements and the glass
light emitting face of the sensor.

Advantages:

z Reflections from specular or

transparent objects are suppressed

Disadvantages:

The light transmitter and receiver in retro- z The sensing range is reduced
reflective sensors are accommodated in compared to standard sensors
one enclosure. The light beam emitted without polarisation filter
by the transmitter is reflected back to the
receiver by a reflector (e.g. triple reflector
or reflective film). An interruption in the
light paths is evaluated and changes the
output signal at the receiver.

48 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Special versions with autocollimation Disadvantages: Advantages:

Advantages: z Different sensing distances and z Foreground/background suppression

sensitivity settings are required for z Defined active zone
z Transmit and receive channel use the different objects (surface, colour)
same light source, i.e. no dead zone with
Disadvantages:
reflectors in short distance range Diffuse-reflection sensor with
background suppression z Short sensing distances (due to limited
Diffuse-reflection sensor base width of sensor enclosure)

Angular optical system

The M18 series is available with a radial

optical system (light outlet offset by 90°) for
confined installation conditions. Compared
to versions with an axial optical system, the
sensing range of these sensors is slightly
reduced due to optical displacement loss.

Reflectors
The light transmitter and receiver in a This is a special type of diffuse-reflection
diffuse-reflection sensor are accommo- sensor. It is based on two receive modules
BERNSTEIN triple reflectors that consist of
dated in one common enclosure. The light or segmented receivers. Using the trian-
several triple mirrors arranged in a pyramid
emitted from the transmitter is reflected gulation principle, reflections of objects
configuration are best suited for reflecting
diffused from the detected object. A part beyond the target do not reach the active
light in light barrier systems. The pyramid-
of this diffused reflection returns to the face of the receiver modules.
like structure of these triple mirrors allows
receiver and changes the switching status
the reflector to be pivoted by up to 30° from
at the output when a certain intensity is Advantages:
the optical axis (e.g. caused by vibration or
exceeded. Accordingly, the texture and the
slight movement).
colour of the object surface has a consi- z No background effect on object
derable influence on the object detection detection (e.g. a faintly reflecting
The specified sensing ranges of the retro-
characteristics (presence – absence). object may be detected in front of
reflective sensors refer to the Ø 83 mm
a high-gloss background)
reflector (6572107003); the range is reduced
The sensing ranges specified in the Techni-
accordingly with smaller reflectors.
cal Data section of this catalogue are defi- Disadvantages:
ned in accordance with DIN EN 60947-5-2:
Essentially, the size of the reflector should
Sensing ranges up to 400 mm refer to a z Short sensing distance be selected according to the sensing range
100 x 100 m white Kodak paper test card.
z Considerable technical expenditure and the size of the object to be detected.
200 x 200 mm test cards are used for sen-
The object should ideally be larger than the
sing ranges ≥ 400 mm.
Convergent beam sensors, fixed focus reflector so that it completely covers the
reflector.
The reflectivity of the object surface to be
sensed affects the sensing distance so that
a correction or remission factor has to be
specified. This value may vary from less
than 10 % for matt-black plastic to 200 %
for raw sheet aluminium (special values on
request). An application-dependent test of
the specific object is usually recommended
to take ambient conditions such as dust
and humidity into consideration for the
selection of the optimum sensor.
Convergent beam sensors, fixed focus
Advantages: The transmit and receive modules of
convergent beam sensors are arranged
z Easy installation at a defined angle to each other. The light
cone of the transmitter and receiver are
z No reflector necessary
joined at a fixed focal point. This results in
the active zone for the detection of objects
being defined around this focal point.

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 49

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type M12, M18)

Type M12 M12 M12

Operating mode Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
Sensing range 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm 200 mm 200 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature

PNP Light activated 6557928002 6557927001 6557930002 6557929002 6557928004 6557928003

Dark activated 6557728001
Programmable
NPN Light activated
Dark activated
Programmable
Transmitter
Relay output
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA
Switching frequency (max) F > 100 Hz > 100 Hz > 100 Hz > 100 Hz > 250 Hz > 250 Hz
Short circuit protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- -/- LED/- -/- LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable - - - - - Yes
Teachable
Timer function
Diagnostic function
Type of light IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA PA CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

50 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M12 M12 M12 M18
Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Through-beam Through-beam Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
200 mm 200 mm 200 mm 6m 6m 40 mm 40 mm
Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12

6557927004 6557930001 6557929001

6551728001 6551729001
6558817001 6558816001

6551028001 6551029001

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA 50 mA
> 250 Hz > 250 Hz > 250 Hz > 100 Hz > 100 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- -/- LED/- -/- LED/- LED/-
- - - - - - -

IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 PA 12 PA 12 CuZn39Pb3 PA. red CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 51

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type M18)

Type M18 M18 M18

Operating mode Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
Sensing range 40 mm 40 mm 80 mm 80 mm 100 mm 100 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12
Special feature Angle optic Angle optic

L 14.5
L 14.5

12 2 1.5 2 1.5

model model
with trimmer w/o trimmer with trimmer w/o trimmer

=
=
3.8

3.8
14

14
L 79 69

14
L 67 57
X 43 42 X 43 42
X1 46 36 X1 34 24
3.5
3.5

25
25
14.5 X 10
cable version 2.5 X
cable version
trimmer 10
trimmer 10 10

Ø4

Ø4
M18x1

=
M12
6°

M18x1
=

=
M12
N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED
N°.2 Ø3.8
X1 15 output LED output LED stability LED stability LED
X1 15 output LED output LED

L 14.5
L 14.5
2 1.5
12 2 1.5

model
model with trimmer w/o trimmer

=
with trimmer w/o trimmer

3.8
=

14
L 67 57

3.8
14

14
L 79 69
X 43 42 X 43 42
X1 46 36 X1 34 24
3.5 3.5

25 25

14.5 X X
10
cable version 2.5
cable version
trimmer 10 trimmer 10 10

Ø4

Ø4
M18x1

=
M12

M18x1
=

=
6°

M12
N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED
X1 15 output LED output LED
X1 15 output LED output LED

PNP Light activated

Dark activated
Programmable 6558819001 6558818002 6557819010 6557818010 6557819008 6557818008
NPN Light activated
Dark activated
Programmable
Transmitter
Relay output
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB 50 mA 50 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Short circuit protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable - - - - - -
Teachable
Timer function
Diagnostic function
Type of light IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PBT PBT PBT PBT PBT PBT
Connection 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

52 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18 M18
Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm 120 mm 120 mm 200 mm 200 mm
Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12 Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m
 

63 ,5
29 7 ,8 8

M18x 1

M12x 1
Ø1 6
LE D

4 SW 24 8 ,5 13

LED yellow
LED green
Po tentiometer

75

SW 24
Potentiometer
3, 9
M18x 1

Ø16, 3
39 ,5 7, 8 LED 8
61, 5

6558916001 6558916002 6557016002

6557817002 6557816001 6557819004 6557818002 6557819001

6557219004 6557216001 6557219002

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC
200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz > 250 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/LED LED/LED LED/- LED/-
- - - - Yes Yes Yes Yes

IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+55°C -20°C/+55°C -5°C/+70°C -20°C/+80°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBT PBT, black CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA, red
4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 4 x 0.25 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu  Background suppression

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 53

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type M18)

Type M18 M18 M18

Operating mode Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
Sensing range 300 mm 300 mm 300 mm 300 mm 300 mm 500 mm
Type of connection Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Special feature

PNP Light activated

Dark activated
Programmable 6557821002 6557817003 6557816002 6557819005 6557818003
NPN Light activated
Dark activated
Programmable 6557216003 6557219005 6557218005 6557222003
Transmitter
Relay output
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Short circuit protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Teachable
Timer function
Diagnostic function
Type of light IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material Stainl. st. 1.4305 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBT PBT Stainl. st. 1.4305
Connection M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

54 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18 M18
Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
300 mm 300 mm 400 mm 400 mm 500 mm 500 mm 500 mm 500 mm
Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12
Angle optic Angle optic

L 14.5
L 14.5
2 1.5
12 2 1.5

model
model with trimmer w/o trimmer
=

with trimmer w/o trimmer

=

3.8
=

14

L 67 57
3.8
14

14

L 79 69
X 43 42 X 43 42
X1 46 36 X1 34 24
3.5 3.5

25 25

14.5 X 10 2.5 X
cable version cable version
trimmer 10 trimmer 10 10
Ø4

Ø4
M18x1

=
M12

M18x1
=

=
6°

M12

N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED
X1 15 output LED output LED
X1 15 output LED output LED

L 14.5
L 14.5
2 1.5
12 2 1.5

model
model with trimmer w/o trimmer
=

with trimmer w/o trimmer

=

3.8
=

14

L 67 57
3.8
14

14

L 79 69
X 43 42 X 43 42
X1 46 36 X1 34 24
3.5 3.5

25 25

14.5 X 10 2.5 X
cable version cable version
trimmer 10 trimmer 10 10
Ø4

Ø4
M18x1

=
M12

M18x1
=

=
6°

M12

N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED
X1 15 output LED output LED
X1 15 output LED output LED

6557819009 6557818009 6557819007 6557818007 6557817004 6557816006 6557819006 6557818006

6557217003 6557216004 6557219006 6557218006

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
PBT PBT PBT PBT CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBT PBT
4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 55

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type M18)

Type M18 M18 M18

Operating mode Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R
Sensing range 800 mm 800 mm 800 mm 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12
Special feature Glass lens Glass lens Glass lens Glass lens Glass lens Glass lens

PNP Light activated

Dark activated
Programmable 6555817002 6555819004 6555818002 6555821001 6555817001 6555816001
NPN Light activated
Dark activated
Programmable 6555218002 6555216001
Transmitter
Relay output
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Short circuit protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Teachable
Timer function
Diagnostic function
Type of light red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 PBT, black PBT, black Stainless steel 1.4305 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 4 x 0.34 mm2 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

56 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18 M18
Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R
2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 3m 3m 3m 3m
Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12
Glass lens Glass lens Angle optic Angle optic

L 14.5
L 14.5
2 1.5
12 2 1.5

model
model with trimmer w/o trimmer

=
with trimmer w/o trimmer
=

3.8
=

14
L 67 57
3.8
14

14
L 79 69
X 43 42 X 43 42
X1 46 36 X1 34 24
3.5 3.5

25 25

X X
14.5 10
cable version 2.5
cable version
trimmer 10 trimmer 10 10

Ø4

Ø4
M18x1

=
M12

M18x1
=

=
6°

M12
N°.2 Ø3.8 stability LED
stability LED N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED
X1 15 output LED output LED
X1 15 output LED output LED

L 14.5
L 14.5
2 1.5
12 2 1.5

model
model with trimmer w/o trimmer
=

with trimmer w/o trimmer

=

3.8
=

14

L 67 57
3.8
14

14

L 79 69
X 43 42 X 43 42
X1 46 36 X1 34 24
3.5 3.5

25 25

14.5 X 10 cable version 2.5 X

cable version
trimmer 10 trimmer 10 10
Ø4

Ø4
M18x1

=
M12

M18x1
=

=
6°

M12
N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED
X1 15 output LED output LED
X1 15 output LED output LED

6555819003 6555818001 6555819006 6555818004 6555819005 6555818003 6554819003 6554818001

6555219001 6554219002 6554218001

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes - -

red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
PBT, black PBT, black PBT PBT PBT PBT PBT, black PBT, black
4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 57

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type M18, M30)

Type M18 M18 M18

Operating mode Retro-reflective Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam
sensor Type R sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
Sensing range 3m 8m 8m 8m 8m 8m
Type of connection Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m
Special feature

PNP Light activated

Dark activated
Programmable 6554816001 6551821001 6551817001 6551816101 6551816001 6551819001
NPN Light activated
Dark activated
Programmable
Transmitter 6551021001 6551019001
Relay output
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Short circuit protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable - - - - - -
Teachable
Timer function
Diagnostic function
Type of light IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 Stainless steel 1.4305 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBT, black
Connection M12 x 1 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

58 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18 M30
Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
8m 8m 15 m 15 m 18 m 18 m 200 mm 500 mm
Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 6 m Cable 2 m
Angle optic Angle optic

L 14.5
L 14.5
2 1.5
12 2 1.5

model
model with trimmer w/o trimmer

=
with trimmer w/o trimmer
=

3.8
=

14
L 67 57
3.8
14

14
L 79 69
X 43 42 X 43 42
X1 46 36 X1 34 24
3.5 3.5

25 25

14.5 X 10 cable version 2.5 X cable version

trimmer 10 trimmer 10 10

Ø4

Ø4
M18x1

=
M12

M18x1
=

=
6°

M12
N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED
X1 15 output LED output LED
X1 15 output LED output LED

L 14.5
L 14.5
2 1.5
12 2 1.5

model
model with trimmer w/o trimmer
=

with trimmer w/o trimmer

=

3.8
=

14

L 67 57
3.8
14

14

L 79 69
X 43 42 X 43 42
X1 46 36 X1 34 24
3.5 3.5

25 25

14.5 X 10 cable version 2.5 X

cable version
trimmer 10 trimmer 10 10
Ø4

Ø4
M18x1

=
M12

M18x1
=

=
6°

M12
N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED N°.2 Ø3.8
stability LED stability LED
X1 15 output LED output LED
X1 15 output LED output LED

6557005006
6557905008
6551818101 6551818001 6551819004 6551818003 6551819003 6551818002

6551018001 6551019004 6551018003 6551019003 6551018002

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-30 VDC
200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA -
500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz > 250 Hz -
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Yes Yes
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- -/-
- - - - - - Yes Yes

IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65
PBT, black PBT, black PBT PBT PBT PBT PA PA
M12 x 1 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 59

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type 12 x 12 mm, 30 x 30 mm)

Type 12 x12 x55 mm 12x 12x 55mm 12x 12x 55mm

Operating mode Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam Through-beam
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
Sensing range 1m 1m 6m 6m 10 m
Type of connection Connector M8 Connector M8 Connector M8 Connector M8 Connector M8
Special feature Core beam

PNP Light activated 6551955002 6551955001 6551955005

Dark activated 6551755002 6551755004 6551755001 6551755003
Programmable
NPN Light activated 6551355001
Dark activated 6551155001
Programmable
Transmitter 6551055003 6551055002
Relay output
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
Short circuit protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable - Yes - Yes -
Teachable
Timer function
Diagnostic function Yes Yes
Type of light IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3
Connection M8 x 1 M8 x 1 M8 x 1 M8 x 1 M8 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

60 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
12 x12 x 60mm 12 x12 x65 mm 12x 12x 65mm 30x 30x 15mm
Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type R sensor Type D sensor Type D
200 mm 50 mm 1.2 m 4m 1.2 m 1.2 m
Connector M8 Connector M8 Connector M8 Connector M8 Cable 3 m Cable 3 m
Fixed focus/... Antivalent 

6557955001 6558955001 6557955002 6554955001 6557975004

6557755001 6557755002 6554755001
6557875003 

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz < 1000 Hz < 1 kHz
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Yes Yes
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/LED LED/LED
Yes - Yes - Yes Yes

IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PBTB PBTB
M8 x 1 M8 x 1 M8 x 1 M8 x 1 4 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.14 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu  Antivalent output

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 61

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type 30 x 30 mm, 40 x 26 mm, 50 x 50 mm)

Type 30 x30 x15 mm 30x 30x 15mm 30x 30x 15mm

Operating mode Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Through-beam Through-beam
sensor Type D sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type D sensor Type D
Sensing range 1.2 m 4m 4m 4m 12 m 12 m
Type of connection Connec. M8/Ø 8 Cable 2 m Cable 3 m Connec. M8/Ø 8 Cable 3 m Connec. M8/Ø 8
Special feature polarised polarised polarised

PNP Light activated 6557975003 6555975002 6555975001

Dark activated
Programmable 6555875001 6551875003  6551875004 
NPN Light activated
Dark activated
Programmable
Transmitter 6551075003 6551075004
Relay output
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA - 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F < 1000 Hz < 1 kHz < 1 kHz < 1 kHz - > 1000 Hz
Short circuit protection Yes Yes Yes Yes - Yes
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED
Sensitivity adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Teachable
Timer function
Diagnostic function
Type of light IR 880 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PBTB PBTB PBTB PBTB PBTB PBTB
Connection 4-pin 4 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.14 mm2 4-pin 4 x 0.14 mm2 4-pin

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.  Antivalent output

62 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
40 x26 x 12mm 50 x50 x15 mm 50x 50x 15mm 50x 50x 15mm
Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
40 mm 200 mm 200 mm 1m 1m 2m 2m
Connector M8 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12
 
Antivalent Antivalent  Antivalent  Antivalent 

6557950006 6558866001 6558865001

6557866001  6557865001  6557866002 6557865002

10-36 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC
200 mA 50 mA 50 mA 35 mA 35 mA 35 mA 35 mA
> 100 Hz 1 kHz 1 kHz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz
Cyclic Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
LED/- LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED
- Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

IR 880 nm red 670 nm red 670 nm red 660 nm red 660 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-5°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP65 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
PA ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS
M8 x 1 Ø 4 mm M12 x 1 Ø 4 mm M12 x 1 Ø 4 mm M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu  Background suppression
 Antivalent output

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 63

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type 50 x 50 mm, 88 x 63 mm)

Type 50 x50 x15 mm 50x 50x 15mm 88x 63x 24mm

Operating mode Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Through-beam Through-beam Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
Sensing range 8m 8m 20 m 20 m 400 mm 600 mm
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connect. space Connect. space
Special feature polarised polarised Antivalent  Antivalent  

opt. axis

opt. axis

PNP Light activated

Dark activated
Programmable 6555866001  6555865001  6551866001  6551865001  6557886001
NPN Light activated
Dark activated
Programmable
Transmitter 6551066001 6551065001
Relay output 6558686002
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 12-265V AC/DC 10-36 VDC
Rated operating current IB 35 mA 35 mA 35 35 mA 3A 200 mA
Switching frequency (max) F 1 kHz 1 kHz 500 Hz 500 Hz > 50 Hz > 100 Hz
Short circuit protection Yes Yes Yes Yes SCPD external Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Teachable
Timer function Yes Yes
Diagnostic function
Type of light red 660 nm red 660 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65
Enclosure material ABS ABS ABS ABS PA PA
Connection Ø 4 mm M12 x 1 Ø 4 mm M12 x 1 Connect. space Connect. space

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.  Background suppression
 Antivalent output

64 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
88 x63 x 24mm 88 x63 x24 mm 88x 63x 24mm 88x 63x 24mm
Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type R sensor Type R sensor Type R
600 mm 1.5 m 1.5 m 6m 6m 8m
Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space
polarised polarised

opt. axis opt. axis

opt. axis opt. axis

opt. axis
opt. axis

6557886003 6555886001 6554886001

6557686001 6557686004 6555686002

12-265V AC/DC 10-36 VDC 12-265V AC/DC 10-36 VDC 12-265V AC/DC 10-36 VDC
3A 200 mA 3A 200 mA 3A 200 mA
> 50 Hz > 100 Hz > 50 Hz > 100 Hz > 50 Hz > 100 Hz
SCPD external Cyclic SCPD external S Cyclic SCPD external Cyclic
LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes

IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C

IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
PA, red PA PA, red PA, red PA, red PA, red
Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 65

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Optoelectronic Sensors (Type 88 x 63 mm, M12, Ø 20 mm)

Type 88 x63 x24 mm 88x 63x 24mm M12

Operating mode Retro-reflective Through-beam Through-beam Luminance
sensor Type R sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor
Sensing range 8m 20 m 20 m
Type of connection Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space Cable 2 m
Special feature Treshold 5 Lux

opt. axis
opt. axis

opt. axis

PNP Light activated 6550930001

Dark activated
Programmable 6551886003
NPN Light activated
Dark activated
Programmable
Transmitter 6551086003 6551086002
Relay output 6554686002 6551686004
NAMUR
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
2-wire DC
AC
Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 12-265V AC/DC 10-36 VDC 12-265V AC/DC 12-39 VDC
Rated operating current IB 3A 200 mA - -
Switching frequency (max) F > 50 Hz > 100 Hz - 1 Hz
Short circuit protection SCPD external Cyclic SCPD external -
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- -/LED -/-
Sensitivity adjustable Yes Yes - -
Teachable
Timer function Yes Yes Yes
Diagnostic function
Type of light IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC 529, EN 60529 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP67
Enclosure material PA, red PA, red PA, red PA, red
Connection Connect. space Connect. space Connect. space 3 x 0.34 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for reflectors, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

66 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Ø 20 mm Ø 20 mm
Retro-reflective Retro-reflective Retro-reflective
sensor Type D sensor Type D sensor Type D
200 mm 500 mm 500 mm
Connector M12 Cable 2 m Connector M12

6557800005 6557800006

6557000002
6557000001

10-30 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC

200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
- 500 Hz 500 Hz
- Cyclic Cyclic
-/- LED/- LED/-
Yes Yes Yes

IR 880 nm IR 880 nm IR 880 nm

-5°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67
Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305
M12 x 1 4 x 0.34 mm2 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 67

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Magnetic Switches

General Information
on BERNSTEIN
Magnetic Switches

Electromechanical and
electronic variants

BERNSTEIN has extended its range of

electromechanical magnetic switches
with electronic versions which operate
according to the Hall and magneto-
resistive principle.

Electromechanical and electronic mag-

netic switches have special properties
which ensure optimum use in their
respective environments.

The electronic versions are characterised

by their enhanced mechanical properties
(extremely high resistance to vibration,
shock or impact) and are not prone to
wear in operation. Thanks to the use of
only one single “active” component (reed
contact), “traditional” electromechanical
magnetic switches are extremely reliable
in operation. The universal current capa-
bility and low procurement costs allow
these switches to be used in a wide range
of applications.
The matrix below highlights the main
features of each functional principle and
helps you to decide on which magnetic
switch to use for your application.

Technical features and applications

More detailed information on the tech-

nical features and applications relating to
the different functional principles are
provided in the following sections.

Downsizing; Alternative for

Encapsulated design, High switching 2-wire
large sensing distances inductive sensors Low-cost versions
high protection classes frequency multi-voltage versions
with compact design (3-wire technology)

Short-circuit proof
High vibration Improved pressure Multi-voltage capability Plastic, stainless steel
and polarity reversal
resistance resistance (AC/DC) and brass enclosures
protection

Electromechanical
magnetic switches

Electronic
magnetic switches

68 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Electromechanical The magnetically influenced parts and Switching frequency
their auxiliary components (resistor, diode,
Magnetic Switches triac, output stage, etc.) are cast in high Up to 200 Hz, depending on the size of
quality insulating material or casting com- load to be switched (considerably faster
pound to increase the vibration/impact than relays, contactors etc.).
Special features of electro- strength and guarantee a protection class
mechanical magnetic switches up to IP67. Metal versions (stainless steel,
aluminium and brass) as well as standard
z Reliable under extreme ambient plastic versions are available for use under
conditions such as dirt, humidity, extreme ambient conditions such as wider
Actuating
gas, dust, etc. temperature ranges. direction

z Protection class up to IP67

Detection
z Stable switching point, reproducible Off
area

switching point accuracy of approx.

0.1 mm On On
z Can be operated from several
directions
z Can be mounted in any position
z High operational reliability ensured Design of a reed contact
by the use of only one single Actuating
component Biasing (bistable) direction

z Easy to install
Bias magnets energise or hold the con- Detection
z Long electrical service life (depending tact closed. The contact of the bistable Off
area

on the load to be switched) more than normally-open or normally-closed contact

108 switching cycles if contacts are is held closed until a stronger magnet with On On On
suitably protected opposite polarity neutralises the biasing.
z Special versions available for extreme
temperatures from -40 °C to +150 °C
z Can be connected to direct and alter-
nating voltage sources

Design, function and operating

principle of an electromechanical Actuating
magnetic switch direction

The basic elements of this type of switch

Detection
are the components which change their Off area

electrical characteristics in response to

the approach of an actuating magnet. On

The contact paddles assume opposing

polarity (north and south pole) under Types of reed contact switches
the influence of a magnetic field.
Actuation and switching characteristics
The approach can be made by either
permanent magnets or electromagnets; The switching characteristics are principally
the sensitivity of the switch and the field determined by the approach and polarity
strength of the magnet determine the of the magnet. The following drawings show Actuating
direction
distance between the switch and magnet. typical characteristics. Materials and external
Opening and closing of the contact studs dimensions are specified in the product bistable
is determined by the magnet correspon- overview. Magnetic switches with reed con-
dingly approaching or moving away from tact output are identified by an “A” in the
the switch. Normally-closed, normally- second position of the type code (MA...).
open and changeover contacts as well as
bistable versions are included in our range
of products.

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 69

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Magnetic Switches

Switching distances 1. Inductive loads 2. Capacitive loads

Refer to the tables in this catalogue to In DC applications, contact protection is In contrast to inductive loads, increase ma-
identify which switching magnets may be relatively easy to realise with the aid of a king currents can occur in connection with
used as well as the minimum achievable free-wheeling diode connected in parallel capacitive loads and lamp loads that can da-
switching distance. to the load. The diode polarity must be mage and even weld contacts closed. When
selected so that it blocks when normal capacitors are switched (e.g. cable capaci-
Temperature ranges operating voltage is applied but will short- tance) a very high peak current occurs with
circuit the voltage induced after the switch its intensity depending on the capacitance
The standard version may be used in a is opened (voltage peaks can significantly and length of the cable leading to the switch.
temperature range from -5 °C to +70 °C. exceed the operating voltage).
Special types are also available offering an A resistor connected in series to the con-
extended operating temperature range tact will reduce this current. The size of the
from -40 °C to +150 °C. resistor is determined by the characteristics
of the corresponding electric circuit.
Electrical service life
It should, however, be as large as possible
To maintain a long service life of the elec- to reduce the current to a permissible value,
trical contacts, it is important to ensure thus ensuring reliable contact protection.
the maximum supply voltage and maxi- Suppression of voltage peaks
mum switching current are not exceeded. with a free-wheeling diode Contact protection with resistors for
Refer to the diagrams on Page 69 for the limiting current:
load values.
1) Voltage peaks induced by switching off
Guidelines for reed contact protection inductive loads are suppressed by connec-
ting a voltage-dependent resistor (VDR) in
The values for current, voltage and power parallel to the reed contact.
specified in the catalogue apply only to
purely resistive loads. Very often, however,
these loads are exposed to inductive or
capacitive components. In these cases it Capacitive load
is advisable to protect the reed contacts
against voltage and current peaks. Whilst
it is not possible to recommend a safe
contact protection concept that applies
to all load ranges (each individual case will Suppression of voltage peaks with a VDR
require its own evaluation), we would like
to present general guidelines on how reed
contacts may be connected to different 2) In AC voltage applications effective pro-
loads in order to avoid premature failure. tection is achieved with a combination of
a resistor and a capacitor (RC element).

Generally, the RC element is connected in

parallel to the contact and therefore in se-
ries to the load (vice versa is also possible).

Lamp load

Suppression of voltage peaks with RC element

70 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Performance diagrams for electromechanical magnetic switches

U[V] 3 VA U [V] I [A] U[V] 5 VA U [V] I [A] U[V] 10 VA U [V] I [A]

24 0,125 24 0,125 24 0,417
130 100 100
48 0,063 48 0,104 48 0,208
120 0,025 120 - 120 -
230 - 230 - 230 -

20 20
12

0 0,023 0,250 I[A] 0 0,050 0,250 I[A] 0 0,100 0,500 I[A]

(1) (2) (3)

U[V] 10 VA U [V] I [A] U[V] 20 VA U [V] I [A] U[V] 20 VA U [V] I [A]

24 0,417 12 1,000 24 0,833
250 30 150
48 0,208 24 0,833 48 0,417
120 0,083 48 - 120 0,167
230 0,043 20 230 -

20
20

0 0,040 0,500 I[A] 0 0,667 1,000 I[A] 0 0,133 1,000 I[A]

(4) (5) (6)

U[V] 20 VA U [V] I [A] U[V] 30 VA U [V] I [A] U[V] 60 VA U [V] I [A]

24 0,833 24 0,500 24 1,000
250 250 250
48 0,417 48 0,500 48 1,000
120 0,167 120 0,250 120 0,500
230 0,087 230 0,130 230 0,261

60 60
20

0 0,080 1,000 I[A] 0 0,120 0,500 I[A] 0 0,240 1,000 I[A]

(7) (8) (9)

U[V] 80 VA U [V] I [A] U[V] 100 VA U [V] I [A] U[V] 250 VA U [V] I [A]
24 1,000 24 3,000 24 5,000
250 250 250
48 1,000 48 2,083 48 5,000
120 0,667 120 0,833 120 2,083
230 0,348 230 0,435 230 1,087

80
50
33,333

0 0,320 1,000 I[A] 0 0,400 3,000 I[A] 0 1,000 5,000 I[A]

(10) (11) (12)

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 71
Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Magnetic Switches (Type Ø 6 mm, Ø 6.5 mm, Ø 12 mm, Ø 13 mm)

Type Ø 6 mm Ø 6.5 mm Ø 12 mm
Nominal switching distance (San) 19 mm 19 mm 18 mm 6 mm 7 mm
Type of connection Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 2 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Special feature

Switching function NO contact 6311230571 6310246500 6314206246

NC contact
Changeover contact 6310330572 6317306315
Bistable
Technical data
Max. switching voltage 100 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
Switching current (max) 0.25 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 1A 3A
Performance class (diagram No.) 5 VA 10 VA 20 VA 80 VA 100 VA
Shock resistance 50 g (11 ms)

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PA PA PA Aluminium Al/CuZn39Pb3
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 2 x 0.14 mm 2 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

Type Ø 12 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 12 mm
Nominal switching distance (San) 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 7 mm 8 mm 12 mm
Type of connection Cable 1 m Cable 3 m Cable 8 m Cable 2 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Special feature Temperature

Switching function NO contact 6312206321 6314216476 6314216585 6314226423

NC contact
Changeover contact 6315306314 6316316259
Bistable

Technical data
Max. switching voltage 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
Switching current (max) 0.5 A 3A 3A 3A 0.5 A 1A
Performance class (diagram No.) 30 VA 100 VA 100 VA 100 VA 30 VA 60 VA
Shock resistance 50 g (11 ms)

Mechanical data

Ambient temperature (min/max) -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -40°C/+150°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C

Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material Aluminium Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 PA, red Al/CuZn39Pb3 Stainless steel 1.4305

Connection 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 4 x 0.75 mm2 4 x 0.75 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

72 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Ø 12 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 12 mm Ø 13 mm
12 mm 12 mm 16 mm 18 mm 19 mm 19 mm 9 mm 20 mm
Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 4 m Cable 1m Cable 1 m Cable 4 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m
T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-69 N/S T-69 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Temperature Temperature

6410206399
6310136616
6316326426 6315326425 6316306248 6316306004
6310406554 6310536617

250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
1A 0.5 A 1.5 A 5A 1A 1A 5A 1A
60 VA 30 VA 50 VA 250 VA 60 VA 60 VA 250 VA 60 VA

-5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -40°C/+150°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -40°C/+150°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
PA, red PA, red Al/CuZn39Pb3 Al/CuZn39Pb3 Al/CuZn39Pb3 Al/CuZn39Pb3 PA, black PA, black
3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2 4 x 0.75 mm2 4 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 73

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Magnetic Switches (Type Ø 15.5 mm, M8, M12, PG9, 28.6 x 18 mm)

Type Ø 15.5 mm M8 M8
Nominal switching distance (San) 6 mm 13 mm 13 mm 18 mm
Type of connection Connector Cable 1 m Connector Cable 1 m
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Special feature

Switching function NO contact 6311208596

NC contact
Changeover contact 6317304313 6310308597 6310308595
Bistable
Technical data
Max. switching voltage 250 VDC 100 VDC 30 VDC 250 VDC
Switching current (max) 1A 0.5 A 1A 0.5 A
Performance class (diagram No.) 80 VA 10 VA 20 VA 10 VA
Shock resistance

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -5°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP65 IP67 IP65 IP67
Enclosure material PC, grey Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305 Stainless steel 1.4305
Connection Amphenol 3 x 0.14 mm2 Ø 6.5 mm 2 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

Type M12 M12 M12

Nominal switching distance (San) 7 mm 7 mm 10 mm 12 mm 15 mm 18 mm
Type of connection Cable 1 m Cable 2 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 3 m Cable 1 m
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-68
Special feature

Switching function NO contact 6314223268 6314233002 6416228260 6311218294

NC contact
Changeover contact 6316333005 6316318002
Bistable

Technical data
Max. switching voltage 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
Switching current (max) 3A 3A 1A 1A 1A 0.5 A
Performance class (diagram No.) 100 VA 100 VA 60 VA 60 VA 60 VA 10 VA
Shock resistance 50 g (11 ms) 50 g (11 ms)

Mechanical data

Ambient temperature (min/max) -5°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C

Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 PA, red PA, red CuZn39Pb3 PA, red CuZn39Pb3
Connection 2 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.34mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

74 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M12 PG9 PG9 28.6x18x6.4mm
18 mm 22 mm 12 mm 17 mm 20 mm 8 mm 8 mm
Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 1 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 1 m Cable 1.5 m
T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S TK-11-11 TK-11-11
D

6310118626
6315317001 6316343544 6310311615 6410311368
6410433350 6310431569

175 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 130 VDC 130 VDC
0.25 A 1.5 A 0.5 A 1A 1A 0.25 A 0.25 A
5 VA 250 VA 30 VA 60 VA 120 VA 3 VA 3 VA
50 g (11 ms)

-5°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+80°C -5°C/+80°C -5°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 PA, red PA, red CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA, black PA
2 x 0.34 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 75

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Magnetic Switches (Type 28.6 x 18, 45 x 13, 45 x 25.5, 50 x 19, 68 x 30, 80 x 20)

Type 28.6x18x6.4mm 45x 13x 9mm 45x 13x 9mm

Nominal switching distance (San) 10 mm 25 mm 10 mm 5 mm 10 mm
Type of connection Cable 1 m Cable 5 m Cable 2 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m
Reference magnet (Page) TK-11-11 T-67 N/S TK-11-01 TK-45 TK-45
Special feature

Switching function NO contact 6311211541 6311201095 6311245539

NC contact
Changeover contact 6316345540
Bistable 6311411603
Technical data
Max. switching voltage 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
Switching current (max) 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 1A 0.5 A
Performance class (diagram No.) 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 60 VA 10 VA
Shock resistance 50 g (11 ms)

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PA, black PA, black PA, black PA PA
Connection 2 x 0.14 mm 2 x 0.14 mm 2 x 0.14 mm 2 x 0.34 mm2 2 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

Type 50 x19 x14 mm 68x 30x 15mm 80x 20x 15mm

Nominal switching distance (San) 20 mm 8 mm 18 mm 18 mm
Type of connection Connector Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S TK-21-02 TK-21-02
Special feature Temperature

Switching function NO contact 6310299652

NC contact
Changeover contact 6316313004 6315302309 6315312196
Bistable

Technical data
Max. switching voltage 100 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
Switching current (max) 0.5 A 1A 0.5 A 0.5 A
Performance class (diagram No.) 10 VA 60 VA 30 VA 30 VA
Shock resistance 30 g (11 ms)

Mechanical data

Ambient temperature (min/max) -30°C/+120°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C

Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material Nylon, black PC, red PA, black PA, red
Connection 6.3 mm 3 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

76 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
80 x20 x 15mm 80 x20 x15 mm 80x 20x 15mm 80x 20x 15mm
20 mm 20 mm 21 mm 21 mm 21 mm 24 mm 24 mm 25 mm
Cable 3 m Cable 3 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m
T-62 N/S T-62 N/S TK-21-02 TK-21-02 TK-21-12 TA-21-02 TK-21-12 T-62 N/S
Temperature

6312202316 6314202204 6314212217

6316302206 6316312220
6314402566 6419402397 6410412143

250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
3A 5A 0.5 A 3A 3A 1A 1A 1A
100 VA 250 VA 30 VA 100 VA 100 VA 60 VA 60 VA 60 VA
10 g (11 ms)

-40°C/+150°C -25°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
GDAlSi12, red PA, black PA, black PA, black PA, red PA, black PA, red PA, red
3 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.75 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 77

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Magnetic Switches (Type 80 x 20 mm, 80 x 30 mm, 85 x 24 mm, 88 x 25 mm, 100 x 58 mm)

Type 80 x20 x15 mm 80x 30x 15mm 80x 30x 15mm

Nominal switching distance (San) 25 mm 30 mm 8 mm 19 mm 20 mm 22 mm
Type of connection Connector M8 Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m Cable 1 m
Reference magnet (Page) Ø 10 x 50 Neod TA-21-02 TK-44 TK-44 T-62 N/S TK-44
Special feature Temperature

Switching function NO contact 6314244536

NC contact 6314144542
Changeover contact 6310302636 6316302389 6317344538
Bistable 6310444537
Technical data
Max. switching voltage 60 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
Switching current (max) 1A 1A 3A 3A 5A 1A
Performance class (diagram No.) 3 VA 60 VA 100 VA 100 VA 250 VA 80 VA
Shock resistance 10 g (11 ms)

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -30°C/+80°C -40°C/+150°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP65 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material GDAlSi 12, red GDAlSi12, red PA, black PA, black PA, black PA
Connection M8 x 1 4 x 0.75 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 3 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

Type 85 x24 x26 mm 85x 24x 26mm 88x 25x 13mm

Nominal switching distance (San) 15 mm 24 mm 24 mm 22 mm 25 mm
Type of connection Cable 3 m Cable 1 m Flat plug Cable 1 m Cable 1 m
Reference magnet (Page) T-67 N/S T-69 N/S T-69 N/S TK-42 TK-42
Special feature K4.8

flat connector

Switching function NO contact 6314242533

NC contact
Changeover contact 6317342535
Bistable 6314432609 6310432598 6310432590

Technical data
Max. switching voltage 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
Switching current (max) 3A 5A 5A 1A 3A
Performance class (diagram No.) 100 VA 250 VA 250 VA 80 VA 100 VA
Shock resistance

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PBT PA, black PBT, black PA, black PA, black
Connection 2 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.75 mm2 4.8 mm 3 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

78 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
88 x25 x 13mm 100 x58 x29.5 100x 58x 29.5
25 mm 25 mm 10 mm 10 mm 15 mm
Cable 1 m Cable 3 m Screw terminal Screw terminal Screw terminal
T-69 N/S T-69 N/S TA-31 TA-31 T-62 N/S

6314203232

6317303312
6310442534 6310442622 6319403532

250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC 250 VDC
5A 5A 1A 3A 5A
250 VA 250 VA 80 VA 100 VA 250 VA

-5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -5°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65
PA, black PA, black Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
2 x 0.5 mm2 2 x 0.5 mm2 max. 1.5 mm2 max. 1.5 mm2 max. 1.5 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 79

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Electronic Magnetic Sensors

Thanks to their special properties, elec- Select the sensor and the technical prin- z Output circuitry PNP, NC or
tronic magnetic switches with magneto- ciple that best meet your requirements NO contact or bistable
resistive or Hall elements are ideal for use from the comprehensive BERNSTEIN z Voltage range 10 – 39 V DC
in many different applications. They are range of magnetic sensors: Hall sensors
z Output current 400 mA,
used to detect position, angle and/or with minimum circuitry, standard Hall
short-circuit proof
speed and are immune to shock, impact, sensors with integrated sensor electro-
vibration and wear. High switching fre- nics or magnetoresistive sensors. Round, z Polarity reversal protected
quencies, long switching distances, a square or metric bodies in plastic, brass, z Switching frequencies up to 10 kHz
broad temperature range and excellent brass/plastic or stainless enclosures. z Size ranging from M10 diameter
reproducibility are other advantageous to 50 x 25 x 10 mm
features of this technology which in many Fundamentals of Hall sensor technology
z Unipolar version
cases make them the technically superi-
or alternative to electromechanical reed The BERNSTEIN range of magnetic sensors
contacts. is based on a modular system comprising Single-channel speed sensors
an encapsulated Hall element with the with high frequency range
EMC protective circuitry. These sensors
therefore conform to the requirements BERNSTEIN offers a high performance series
of EN-60947-5-2 for non-mechanical mag- of gearwheel sensors designed as electro-
netic proximity switches. Sensors of various nic magnetic sensors with Hall elements
designs are available for a wide variety of that detect the rotation of near-engine
applications. ferromagnetic gearwheels with sensing
distances of up to 2 mm. A specific feature
of these single-channel speed sensors is
their high switching frequency. Based on
the BERNSTEIN modular range of magnetic
The fact that many non-magnetic metals sensors, switching frequencies of up to
allow magnetic fields to pass unhindered 20 kHz can be realised. Switching frequen-
also extends the fields of application for cies up to 10 kHz can be achieved in the
magnetic sensors. This makes it possible to standard range. The sensors are available in
encapsulate sensors in a sturdy pressure- M12 and M18 versions. The characteristic
proof metal enclosure. Sensors can, however, versatility of Hall sensors is fully utilised in
also be mounted in tubing or concealed these applications:
behind non-magnetic metal surfaces. z Output circuitry NPN, NO contact
or bistable Outstanding immunity to shock, impact,
Advantages of electronic magnetic vibration, non-wearing and silent, high
z Voltage range 4.5 – 24 V DC
sensors over electromechanical reed switching frequencies, broad temperature
z Polarity reversal protected range, exceptional repeat accuracy.
contacts
z Switching frequencies up to 20 kHz
z Reliable and immune to vibration z Size ranging from 6 mm diameter
to 50 x 25 x 10 mm Technical data
z Bounce-free switching
z Unlimited service life z Unipolar version
z Output circuitry PNP or NPN
z High repeat accuracy z Voltage range 10 – 36 V DC
Standard range of Hall sensors
z Short response times z Switching frequencies up to 20 kHz
z High sensitivity In contrast to the more basic BERNSTEIN z Sensing distance 0 – 2 mm on
z Thermal stability Hall sensors, the functionality and modula- ferromagnetic material
rity have been enhanced in these Hall sen-
sors by integrating comprehensive sensor
electronics. In this segment BERNSTEIN also
offers a complete modular system that can
be adapted to suit your specific needs.

80 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Standard range of Microsensors
magnetoresistive sensors
Ever more complex and above all more
Magnetoresistive sensors are more sen- compact measuring and control configu-
sitive than Hall-effect sensors by a factor rations require components that occupy
of 10. Not only can they be very small but even less space. In line with this trend,
they can also detect especially low field BERNSTEIN has expanded its compre-
strengths. hensive range of sensors for determining
position, angle and/or speed in industrial
In addition to their high measuring accu- applications in two branches of develop-
racy even at high ambient temperatures, ment: Compared to the previous smallest
these sensors are also characterised by a model (RD = 6 mm), the diameter in this
high degree of reliability and by the fact series of magnetoresistive sensors has been
that they occupy little space. Since they are further reduced by 30 % yet the smallest
designed to be independent of polarity, the model RD = 4 mm or 5 x 5 mm still achieves
countermagnet does not need to be moun- the parameters of the larger sensors. As part
ted with pole orientation. With correspon- of the second development stage, the basic
ding encapsulation, BERNSTEIN magneto- and standard range of electronic magne-
resistive sensors have proven effective even tic sensors has been expanded to include
in demanding environments such as lift the latch functionality (bistable switching
construction or agricultural technology. characteristic) which utilises the magnetic
field only for the corresponding switching
z Output circuitry PNP, NC or NO contact operation. As a result, this functionality has
z High sensitivity been added to a wide range of enclosure
(up to sensing distance of 60 mm) variants in the current modular range.
z Voltage range 10 – 39 V DC/10 – 30 V DC
Sensing distances of electronic
z Output current 400 mA/200 mA, magnetic sensors
short-circuit proof
z Polarity reversal protected Since the sensing distances of magnetic
z Polarity independent sensors are influenced by the combination
of sensor and magnet, it is appropriate
z Size 6 mm diameter to M18
to consider them as a complete system.
The overview below shows the expected
sensing distances (Sn) when using different
magnets from the BERNSTEIN range.

Sn of magneto-
Magnet Size Article number Sn of Hall sensors
resistive sensors
T 75 Ø 5 mm 6301175057 5 mm 10 mm
T 06 Ø 6 mm 6301106065 5 mm 15 mm
T 61 Ø 20 mm 6301261035 10 mm 35 mm
T 62 Ø 23 mm 6301262039 17 mm 45 mm
T 67 Ø 20 mm 6301167054 15 mm 40 mm
T 69 Ø 31 mm 6301269031 20 mm 60 mm

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 81

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Electronic Magnetic Sensors (Type D04, D06, M05, M08, M10, M12)

Type D04 D06 M05

Operating mode MR Hall MR MR
Magnetic sensitivity (mT) 3 mT 10 mT 2 mT 3 mT
Sensing distance (Sn) 30 mm 17 mm 45 mm 30 mm
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature

PNP NO contact 6373299132 6373270105 6373299133

NC contact
Bistable
NPN NO contact 6362670001
NC contact
Bistable 6363870032
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
Technical data
Rated operating voltage UB 4.5-30 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 10-30 VDC 4.5-30 VDC
Rated operating current IB 200 mA 25 mA 200 mA 200 mA
Max. switching voltage F 10 kHz 20 kHz 1500 Hz 10 kHz
Function/operating voltage indicator -/- -/- -/- -/-
Sensitivity adjustable
Short circuit-protection Current limiter Current limiter Cyclic Current limiter
Teachable
Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material Stainless steel 1.4401 Stainless steel 1.4401 Stainless steel 1.4401 CuZn39Pb3
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

82 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M08 M10 M10 M12
Hall MR Hall Hall MR Hall Hall
10 mT 2 mT 10 mT 10 mT 1 mT 10 mT 10 mT
17 mm 45 mm 17 mm 17 mm 45 mm 17 mm 17 mm
T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
All-metal All-metal

6373260107 6372261085 6373261087

6372161086 6373161088
6373461124
6362660002 6362661003 6362662004 6362662005

6363860033 6363861034 6363862035 6363862036

4.5-24 VDC 10-30 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 4.5-24 VDC
25 mA 200 mA 25 mA 400 mA 400 mA 25 mA 25 mA
20 kHz 1500 Hz 20 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 20 kHz
-/- -/- -/- LED/- LED/- -/- -/-

Current limiter Cyclic Current limiter Cyclic Cyclic Current limiter Current limiter

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA
3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 83

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Electronic Magnetic Sensors (Type M12, M18)

Type M12 M12 M12

Operating mode Hall Hall Hall MR MR MR
Magnetic sensitivity (mT) 10 mT 10 mT 10 mT 1 mT 1 mT 1 mT
Sensing distance (Sn) 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm 45 mm 45 mm 45 mm
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 10 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 5 m Cable 2 m
Special feature

PNP NO contact 6372262090 6472262077 6372262089 6373262094 6373262123 6373262093

NC contact 6372162092 6372162091 6373162096 6373162095
Bistable 6373462126 6373462125
NPN NO contact
NC contact
Bistable
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
Technical data
Rated operating voltage UB 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC
Rated operating current IB 400 mA 400 mA 400 mA 400 mA 400 mA 400 mA
Max. switching voltage F 10 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 1500 Hz 10 kHz
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Teachable
Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

84 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M12 M12 M18 M18
Hall Hall Hall Hall Hall Hall Hall Hall
- - - - 10 mT 10 mT 10 mT 10 mT
0-2 mm 0-2 mm 0-2 mm 0-2 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm
- - - - T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Speed Speed Speed Speed

mark mark

mark mark

6379262120 6379262119 6372263098 6372263097

6372163100 6372163099
6373463128 6373463127
6369662028 6369662027 6362663006 6362663007

6363863037 6363863038

10-36 VDC 10-36 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC
< 20 mA < 20 mA 400 mA 400 mA 25 mA 25 mA 400 mA 400 mA
20 kHz 20 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 20 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz
-/- -/- LED/- LED/- -/- -/- LED/- LED/-

Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Current limiter Current limiter Cyclic Cyclic

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 PA, red CuZn39Pb3 PA, red CuZn39Pb3 PBT CuZn39Pb3 PBT
3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 85

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Electronic Magnetic Sensors (Type M18, Q05, Q08, Q12, E27, E29)

Type M18 M18 Q05

Operating mode MR MR Hall Hall MR
Magnetic sensitivity (mT) 1 mT 1 mT - - 3 mT
Sensing distance (Sn) 45 mm 45 mm 0 - 2 mm 0 - 2 mm 10 mm
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S - - T-62 N/S
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature Speed Speed

mark

mark g

PNP NO contact 6373263102 6373263101 6379263122 6379263121 6373299134

NC contact 6373163104 6373163103
Bistable
NPN NO contact
NC contact
Bistable
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
Technical data
Rated operating voltage UB 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 10-39 VDC 4.5-30 VDC
Rated operating current IB 400 mA 400 mA 400 mA 400 mA 200 mA
Max. switching voltage F 10 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz 10 kHz
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/- -/-
Sensitivity adjustable
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Current limiter
Teachable
Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -20°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material CuZn39Pb3 PBT CuZn39Pb3 PBT, black CuZn39Pb3
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.05 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

86 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Q08 Q12 E27 E29
Hall MR Hall Hall Hall Hall Hall
10 mT 2 mT 10 mT 10 mT 10 mT 2 mT 10 mT
17 mm 45 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm 30 mm 17 mm
T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m

active surface active surface active surface

active surface active surface

6373280106 6372255083
6372155084
6373455131
6362680012 6362655013 6362693010 6362611008

6363880043 6363855044 6363893041 6363893031 6363811039

4.5-24 VDC 10-30 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 10-39 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 4.5-24 VDC
25 mA 200 mA 25 mA 400 mA 25 mA 25 mA 25 mA
20 kHz 1500 Hz 20 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 20 kHz 20 kHz
-/- -/- -/- LED/- -/- -/- -/-

Current limiter Cyclic Current limiter Cyclic Current limiter Current limiter Current limiter

-25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 PA PA PA
3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 87

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Electronic Magnetic Sensors (Type E45, E50)

Type E45 E50

Operating mode Hall Hall Hall Hall
Magnetic sensitivity (mT) 10 mT 10 mT 10 mT 10 mT
Sensing distance (Sn) 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm 17 mm
Reference magnet (Page) T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S T-62 N/S
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature

active surface

active surface

LED active surface

active surface

PNP NO contact 6372245079 6372290081

NC contact 6372145080 6372190082
Bistable 6373445129 6373490130
NPN NO contact 6362645009 6362690011
NC contact
Bistable 6363845040 6363890042
Analogue Current output
Voltage output
Technical data
Rated operating voltage UB 4.5-24 VDC 10-39 VDC 4.5-24 VDC 10-39 VDC
Rated operating current IB 25 mA 400 mA 25 mA 400 mA
Max. switching voltage F 20 kHz 10 kHz 20 kHz 10 kHz
Function/operating voltage indicator -/- LED/- -/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable
Short circuit-protection Current limiter Cyclic Current limiter Cyclic
Teachable
Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C -25°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PA PA PBT PBT
Connection 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.14 mm2 3 x 0.50 mm2 3 x 0.50 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

88 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Notes

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 89

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Slot Sensors (Type E22, E30)

Programmable Mini- This configuration largely avoids uninten- Technical data

tional changes to the settings, substantially
ature Position Sensors increases the resistance to environmental z PNP/NO contact
influences while retaining the protection z Magnetic sensitivity ±1.5 mT to ±13.5 mT
with Fully Integrated class rating.
z Sensing distance up to 50 mm
Electronics (depending on magnet/air gap)
Manually searching for the switching points
has been replaced by rapid electronic ba- z Repeat accuracy ≤ 0.1 mT
The product family of teachable magnetic lancing with the sensor installed in position. z Hysteresis 1 mT ≤ H ≤ 1.35 mT
sensors is characterised by two freely pro- Two LEDs at the top of the sensor serve as z Operating voltage range 10 – 30 V DC
grammable, independent switching points. the function indicator, provide information
z Output current Ie ≤ 50 mA
Despite this high degree of functionality, on the programming status and also signal
(one output switched) ≤ 25 mA
BERNSTEIN has succeeded in integrating faults. In addition to featuring effective
per output (both outputs switched)
the entire electronics in the compact sensor polarity reversal protection as standard, the
enclosure with the smallest possible dimen- sensors also have an internal EEPROM that z Ambient temperature -20 °C to +80 °C
sions. This design feature renders additional stores the switching points in the event of z Protection class IP67
protection, e.g. for the cable electronics, or power failure.
high-cost safeguards unnecessary. Other slot sensors
Advantages
The compact design is suitable for instal- Sensors with only one output can also be
lation in all standard T- and C-slots (e.g. z Completely integrated used for applications that require only one
FESTO or SMC). In installed position, the electronic solution switching point. For this purpose BERNSTEIN
two freely programmable switching points z Permanent protection rating offers a range of Hall sensors with set sen-
can be quickly and easily set with the aid sitivity or reed contact versions that do not
z No need for additional electronics
of the easy-to-use teach-in tool. require auxiliary energy.
z Fully immersed and therefore
protected installation in the slot
All sensors come with the following
z Suitable for standard C- and T-slots accessories:
z Available as cable or plug version
Magnet z 1x setscrew M2 x 3 (E22),
z Occupies only one slot
M3 x 6 (E30), DIN 913
z Two freely programmable
switching points z 1x Offset screwdriver (E22)
z Straightforward teach-in procedure z 1x Teach-in tool
z Reduced installation and wiring z 1x Operating and installation
requirements instructions
z Can be fitted from above
Standards and approvals
z High switching accuracy
MEK E-22/MEA E30
Teach-in tool
EN 60947-5-2
with sensor

 MEK-E22 Ex
z The installed sensor assumes program-
ming mode when the teach-in tool is II 2 G Ex mb II T6
placed over it II 2 D Ex tD A21 IP67
z The positions of the magnet are assigned T 85 °C
to the respective outputs by correspon-
dingly aligning the tool KEMA 08ATEX0130 X
z The programmable switching points are
stored in the sensor
z The switching points can be changed by
repeating the teach-in procedure

90 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Teachable Electronic Slot Sensors

Type E22 E22 E30

Operating mode Hall Hall Hall Hall Hall Hall
Magnetic sensitivity (mT) 1.5 – 13.5 mT 1.5 – 13.5 mT 1.5 – 13.5 mT 1.5 – 13.5 mT 1.5 – 13.5 mT 1.5 – 13.5 mT
Switching function 2 x PNP NO 2 x PNP NO 2 x PNP NO 2 x PNP NO 2 x PNP NO 2 x PNP NO
Reference magnet (Page)
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Connector M8
Special feature Teachable Teachable Teachable – Ex  Teachable – Ex  Teachable Teachable

Type C-slot SMC 6370281109 6370281110

C-slot Festo 6370281144 6370281145 6370281152 6370281153
T-slot 6370299136 6370299143

Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 50 mA ≤ 50 mA ≤ 50 mA ≤ 50 mA ≤ 50 mA ≤ 50 mA
Max. switching voltage F
Function/operating voltage indicator 2 x LED/- 2 x LED/- 2 x LED/- 2 x LED/- 2 x LED/- 2 x LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Teachable Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Mechanical data

Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C

Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PA, black PA, black PA, black PA, black Aluminium Aluminium
Connection 4 x 0.05 mm2 M8 x 1 4 x 0.05 mm2 M8 x 1 4 x 0.05 mm2 M8 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 91

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Electronic Slot Sensors

Type E22 E30

Operating mode Hall Hall Hall Hall
Magnetic sensitivity (mT) 3 mT 3 mT 3 mT 3 mT
Switching function PNP NO PNP NO PNP NO PNP NO
Reference magnet (Page)
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Connector M8
Special feature

Type C-slot SMC 6372281146 6372281147

C-slot Festo 6372281148 6372281149
T-slot 6372299150 6372299151

Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC 10-30 VDC
Rated operating current IB ≤ 50 mA ≤ 50 mA ≤ 50 mA ≤ 50 mA
Max. switching voltage F
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/- LED/- LED/- LED/-
Sensitivity adjustable Yes Yes Yes Yes
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Teachable - - - -

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C -20°C/+80°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PA, black PA, black Aluminium Aluminium
Connection 3 x 0.05 mm2 M8 x 1 3 x 0.05 mm2 M8 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for magnets, mounting brackets, cable couplers and sensor tester.

92 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Slot Sensors with Reed Contact

Type E22 E30

Operating mode Reed Reed Reed Reed
Magnetic sensitivity (mT) 3 mT 3 mT 3 mT 3 mT
Switching function NO NO NO NO
Switching power 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA
Type of connection Cable 2 m Connector M8 Cable 2 m Connector M8
Special feature

Type C-slot SMC 6310281656 6310281657

C-slot Festo 6310281658 6310281659
T-slot 6310299660 6310299661

Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 120 VDC 120 VDC 120 VDC 120 VDC
Performance class (diagram No.) 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA
Shock resistance 30 g (11 ms) 30 g (11 ms) 30 g (11 ms) 30 g (11 ms)
Reproducibility +/- 1 mm +/- 1 mm +/- 1 mm +/- 1 mm
Mechanical service life (switching operations) 3 x 108 3 x 108 3 x 108 3 x 108

Mechanical data

Ambient temperature (min/max) -25°C/+80°C -25°C/+80°C -25°C/+80°C -25°C/+80°C

Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PA, black PA, black Aluminium Aluminium
Connection 3 x 0.05 mm2 M8 x 1 3 x 0.05 mm2 M8 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 93

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Safety Magnetic Controllers

Magnetic controllers for safety BERNSTEIN offers safety magnetic con- The safety magnetic controllers process
functions trollers certified in accordance with the NC or NO contact signals coming from
EN ISO 13849-1 and conforming to per- the coded magnetic switch separately, thus
In accordance with the Machinery Directive formance level d for safety applications. achieving a redundant evaluation system.
(98/37/EC and 2006/42/EU) all manufac- The individual NO contact signals are inter-
tures are obligated to construct machines nally processed in serial while the corres-
conforming to health and safety standards. ponding NC contact signals are processed
This requirement ensures that machines in parallel. A switching delay of approx. 0.5
correspond to the stipulated safety stan- seconds must be taken into account during
dard, thus avoiding any danger for the operation. This delay is the time difference
operator during operation. When conside- between the NC contact signal and the NO
ring machine safety, all machine manufac- contact signal. On exceeding the delay, the
turers or operators will be confronted with safety magnetic controller signals an error
terms such as hazard analysis and hazard and switches to the “safe state”. An LED in-
assessment. The new Machinery Directive dicates that the safety magnetic controller
(2006/42/EU) now additionally stipulates is in the “safe state”.
the need for risk analysis. It is therefo-
re fitting to take a closer look at these When the locking device is closed and the
terms: While hazard assessment takes into A safety system consists of the safety mag- transducer actuated correctly, the output
consideration all hazards that can occur netic controllers and a coded transducer relays pick up, allowing the machine that
at the machine workplace, hazard analysis unit. Depending on the type of device, one poses no danger in the form of moving
performed by the machine manufacturer or two coded transducer units (magnetic parts to start up via the PLC. The system
considers the possible hazards that may switch with corresponding magnet) of type additionally features a galvanically iso-
emanate from the machine. Against this lated data output for signalling purposes.
backdrop, ever increasing significance is z MAK-4236-x with TK-42-CD This signal can be transferred to a control
being attached to safety technology. z MAK-5236-x with TK-52-CD / 2 facility such a PLC or processed for use
by an acoustic or visual indicator.
z MAK-5336-x with TK-43-CD
Despite all the safety regulations that are
taken into account during the design phase, When using positive-action motor circuit
in accordance with EN 414 (types of hazard) breakers, the risk of the contacts welding
a risk of injury posed by moving parts still together can be included in the safety
exists during operation or maintenance of circuit. The safety magnetic controller fea-
machines. tures a corresponding feedback circuit for
this purpose. The feedback circuit must be
bypassed if it is not used in the application.
The system is reset immediately by opening
the locking device or the transducer unit.

The use of positive-action relays and the

mutual monitoring of individual control
circuits allows safety magnetic controllers to
can be connected to and monitored by the be used in applications that must conform
safety magnetic controllers. to the safety requirements defined by
performance level d in accordance with EN
ISO 13849-1.

The aim is to identify all potential hazards

and take appropriate precautions, e.g. by
installing suitable safety facilities with the
corresponding performance level as defi-
ned by EN 13849-1 or EN 61508 or with the
corresponding SIL category in accordance
with EN 62061.

94 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Notes

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 95

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Safety Magnetic Controllers

Magnetic controllers Coded transducer units

for safety functions
Magnetic switches
TÜV certified

z EN ISO 13849-1 performance level “d“

z EN 61508 and EN 62061 “SIL 3“
z EN 60947-5-2 Single fault security “S“

Type designation MÜZ-102/D24-FL-DA MÜZ-202/D24-FL 3 m PVC cable

Article number 6392701306 6392702307 Type designation
Max. number of connectable transducer units 1 2 Article number
Safety output, NO contact l l
Feedback circuit l – 6 m PVC cable
Data output (NC contact) l – Type designation
Operating voltage Article number
AC 230 V –* –*
AC 24 V – – 9 m PVC cable
DC 24 V l l Type designation
Operating current 60 mA Article number

Switching capacity, safety output Connector (M12/4-pin)

Switching voltage max AC 250 V AC 250 V Type designation
Switching current max 8A 8A Article number
Switching power max 1700 VA 1700 VA
LED: Hazard status/switching status l/– l/–
LED: Supply voltage/ON l –
Relay: Positive-action/standard l/– l/–

Ambient conditions Ambient conditions

Temperature range min/max 0 °C/+55 °C 0 °C/+55 °C Temperature range min/max
32 °F/+131 °F 32 °F/+131 °F
Protection class (to IEC 529, EN 60529) IP20 IP20 Protection class (to IEC 529, EN 60529)
Enclosure material PC PC Enclosure material
Mounting system (DIN 50022) TS 35 TS 35 Sensing distance S on min
Type of connection: Terminal block max. 2.5 mm2 max. 2.5 mm2 S on max
Wiring diagram (Page/Item) 260/7 260/8
Actuating magnet
Type designation
Article number
Use: safety magnetic controller
Article number

All dimensions in mm All dimensions in mm

Other types available on request.

96 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
MAK-4236-3 MAK-5236-3 MAK-5336-3
6490642315 6490652316 6490653317

MAK-4236-6 MAK-5236-6 MAK-5336-6

6490642302 6490652307 6490653311

MAK-4236-9 MAK-5236-9 MAK-5336-9

6490642303 6490652308 6490653312

MAK-4236-STK MAK-5236-STK MAK-5336-STK

6490642305 6490652309 6490653313

-5 °C/+70 °C -5 °C/+70 °C -5 °C/+70 °C

+23 °F/+158 °F +23 °F/+158 °F +23 °F/+158 °F
IP67 IP67 IP67
PA 6.6 PBT PA 6.6
4 mm 3 mm 3 mm
14 mm 14 mm 14 mm

TK-42-CD TK-52-CD/2 TK-43-CD

6402042310 6402052311 6402043312

6392701306 6392701306 6392701306

6392702307 6392702307 6392702307

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 97

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Ultrasonic Sensors

Ultrasonic sensors are used to precisely de- Measuring principle

tect the position of objects of any material
and colour, irrespective of external light
levels even in harsh industrial environ-
ments. The sensors are characterised by
high sound intensity that makes it possible
to detect even the smallest of objects.
Sensor Object
In addition to their high precision, out-
standing repeatability and high degree of
linearity their strengths also include their
suitability for use in universal applications,
irrespective of light conditions, as well
as colour and material of the objects and
substances to be detected.

Ultrasonic sensors produce accurate results The sensor emits a sound pulse that is reflected from the object to be detected. The sensor reads in the reflected
pulse and the distance to the object is determined by means of a runtime measurement routine.
even in connection with highly transpa-
rent objects such as film or glass surfaces
and are completely unaffected by normal
levels of soiling on the sensor surface. Advantages Technical data*
High performance under the most difficult
operating conditions, even in suspended z Protection class IP67 z One analogue 0 ...10 V/4 ... 20 mA
particle or water vapour environments, is a z Large detection range of up output or two switching outputs.
characteristic feature as is their ruggedness to 6000 mm (depending on type) z Rated operating voltage range
under harsh operating conditions. 12 V – 30 V DC
z High linearity
z High repeat accuracy z Enclosure: PBT/ GF30
Thanks to their outstanding properties ult-
rasonic sensors are used in a diverse range z Narrow sound beam of 8° z Ambient temperature -15 °C…70 °C
of applications and sectors of industry. z Adaptive 0-10 V voltage or 4-20 mA z Repeat accuracy ±0.2 % ±2 mm
current output (analogue sensors) z Hysteresis 1 %
z Two adaptive switching outputs,
can be used individually or combined * Please refer to the following catalogue
in connection with switching sensors pages and the corresponding datasheets
(depending on type) for technical information on the individual
products
Detection range:

+1000; 800; 400; 300; 150; 150; 130; 15; 15

-1000; 800; 400; 300; 150; 150; 130; 15; 15 mm

0 25 200
25 250
30 400
60 500
100 800
80 1600
200 2000
300 3500
600 6000

Guaranteed detection of a 10x10 cm object Possible detection of a large object

98 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Application examples: Teach-in procedure

Analogue sensors

Any interval within the measuring range

Wind-on and wind-off control can be selected for the analogue output
Detection of the diameter of coils in by means of TeleTeach. The slope of the
the paper, plastics and textile as well characteristic curve – positive or negative –
as metal working industries. can, of course, be set to any value.

Sag control
Detection of sag loop for controlling
material tension or controlling quantity
of material for the downstream produc-
tion process.

Level measurement
Level measurement of liquids of bulk
materials in containers and silos.

The points P1 and P2 determine the po-

sition of the analogue characteristic curve:
P1 defines the point at which the characte-
ristic curve assumes the value 0 V/4 mA, P2
defines the 10 V/20 mA point. In the case of
a “positive characteristic curve”, the sensor is
Thickness measurement programmed in such a way that the sensor-
Thickness measurement of objects. P1 distance is smaller than the sensor-P2
distance. Correspondingly, sensor-P2 dis-
tance is smaller than sensor-P1 distance for
a “negative characteristic curve”.

Switching sensors

Completeness check The two switching outputs are taught-in

For checking completeness of objects accurate to the millimetre via a teach-in
in containers. input. Independent of each other, they can
be optionally adapted with 1 % hysteresis as
complementary windows (NO/NC) or as com-
plementary switching outputs (NO/NC) with
hysteresis adjustable to any value. P1 and P2
define the position of the switching points.
The switching point has NO characteristic if
Completeness check of bottles the corresponding LED is on while teaching
in crates in the switching point and conversely, it has
For checking the presence and NC characteristic when the LED is off. Two
height of bottles in crates. LEDs indicate the switching status
of the sensor.

Standards and approvals:

EN 60947-5-2

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 99

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Ultrasonic Sensors (Type M12, M18)

Type M12 M18 M18

Detection range 25-200 mm 30-400 mm 30-400 mm 30-400 mm 30-400 mm
Output 1 x NO/NC 2 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue
Type of connection Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12
Special feature

PNP DC NO/NC 6712101001 6711102005 6712102005

NPN DC NO/NC 6712201001 6711202005 6712202005
Analogue DC 0-10 V 6711402005 6712402005
4-20 mA 6711302005 6712302005

Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 12-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC
Rated operating current IB 100 mA 500 mA - 500 mA -
Switching frequency (max) F 20 Hz 15 Hz - 15 Hz -
Resolution - - 0.125 mm - 0.125 mm
Linearity error - - < 0.5 % - < 0.5 %
Response times - - 60 ms - 60 ms
Repeatability ±0.3 % ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm
Sound beam 12° 8° 8° 8° 8°
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -20°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material Stainless steel PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30
Connection M12 x 1 5 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers and sensor tester.

100 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M18 M18 M18
60-500 mm 60-500 mm 60-500 mm 60-500 mm 80-1600 mm 80-1600 mm 80-1600 mm 80-1600 mm
2 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue
Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12

6711102004 6712102004 6711102002 6712102002

6711202004 6712202004 6711202002 6712202002
6711402004 6712402004 6711402002 6712402002
6711302004 6712302004 6711302002 6712302002

12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC
500 mA - 500 mA - 500 mA - 500 mA -
10 Hz - 10 Hz - 6 Hz - 6 Hz -
- 0.25 mm - 0.25 mm - 1 mm - 1 mm
- < 0.5 % - < 0.5 % - < 0.5 % - < 0.5 %
- 100 ms - 100 ms - 140 ms - 140 ms
±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm
8° 8° 8° 8° 8° 8° 8° 8°
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED

-15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30
5 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 5 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 101

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Ultrasonic Sensors (Type M18, M30)

Type M18 M18 M18

Detection range 100-800 mm 100-800 mm 100-800 mm 100-800 mm 200-2000 mm 200-2000 mm
Output 2 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue
Type of connection Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m
Special feature

PNP DC NO/NC 6711102003 6712102003 6711102001

NPN DC NO/NC 6711202003 6712202003 6711202001
Analogue DC 0-10 V 6711402003 6712402003 6711402001
4-20 mA 6711302003 6712302003 6711302001

Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC
Rated operating current IB 500 mA - 500 mA - 500 mA -
Switching frequency (max) F 10 Hz - 10 Hz - 5 Hz -
Resolution - 0.25 mm - 0.25 mm - 1 mm
Linearity error - < 0.5 % - < 0.5 % - < 0.5 %
Response times - 100 ms - 100 ms - 200 ms
Repeatability ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±1 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm
Sound beam 8° 8° 8° 8° 8° 8°
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Enclosure material PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30
Connection 5 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1 5 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.14 mm2

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers and sensor tester.

102 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
M18 M30 M30
200-2000 mm 200-2000 mm 300-3500 mm 300-3500 mm 300-3500 mm 300-3500 mm
2 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue
Connector M12 Connector M12 Cable 2 m Cable 2 m Connector M12 Connector M12

6712102001 6711103001 6712103001

6712202001 6711203001 6712203001
6712402001 6711403001 6712401001
6712302001 6711303001 6712303001

12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC
500 mA - 500 mA - 500 mA -
5 Hz - 2.5 Hz - 2.5 Hz -
- 1 mm - 1 mm - 1 mm
- < 0.5 % - < 0.5 % - < 0.5 %
- 200 ms - 400 ms - 400 ms
±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm
8° 8° 8° 8° 8° 8°
Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED

-15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30
M12 x 1 M12 x 1 5 x 0.14 mm2 4 x 0.14 mm2 M12 x 1 M12 x 1

You will find detailed data sheets to the products under www.bernstein.eu

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 103

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Ultrasonic Sensors (Type 40 x 26 mm, 80 x 80 mm)

Type 40.5x26x12mm 80x 80x 50mm

Detection range 25-250 mm 25-250 mm 600-6000 mm 600-6000 mm
Output 1 x NO/NC Analogue 2 x NO/NC Analogue
Type of connection Connector M8 Connector M8 Connector M12 Connector M12
Special feature

PNP DC NO/NC 6713111001 6712112001

NPN DC NO/NC 6713211001 6712212001
Analogue DC 0-10 V 6713411001 6712412001
4-20 mA 6712312001

Technical data

Rated operating voltage UB 10-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 12-30 VDC 15-30 VDC
Rated operating current IB 100 mA - 500 mA -
Switching frequency (max) F 20 Hz - 1 Hz -
Resolution - 0.125 mm - 1.5 mm
Linearity error - < 0.3 % - < 0.5 %
Response times - 40 ms - 700 ms
Repeatability ±0.2 % ±0.2 mm ±0.2 % ±0.2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm ±0.2 % ±2 mm
Sound beam 8° 8° 8° 8°
Short circuit-protection Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic Cyclic
Function/operating voltage indicator LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED LED/LED

Mechanical data
Ambient temperature (min/max) -10°C/+70°C -10°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C -15°C/+70°C
Protection class in accordance with IEC529, EN60529 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65
Enclosure material PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30 PBT/GF30
Connection M8 x 1  M8 x 1  M12 x 1 M12 x 1

Please refer to Accessories for cable couplers and sensor tester.  Cable coupler included in delivery specification

104 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Notes

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 105

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Float Switches

Design and Function

BERNSTEIN float switches are designed as

contactless magnetic switches. They are
used to control level in containers/tanks
with non-flowing and/or flowing liquids
such as water, oils, caustic solutions etc.

Float switches consist of a connection head,

immersion tube with one to four magne-
tic sensor elements and a float. Versions
with straight or elbow immersion tube are
available.

Rising or falling liquid levels carry the float

equipped with a ring magnet into the de-
tection zone of a magnetic sensor element,
where the magnetic field of the float is
evaluated and a switching pulse generated.

The range of BERNSTEIN float switches ext-

ends from miniature float switches through
to heavy-duty, pressure-proof versions.

The combination options between various

enclosure materials, floats and connec-
tion heads make it possible to create the
optimum configuration for virtually any
application.
BERNSTEIN miniature BERNSTEIN adjustable
Based on a comprehensive modular system float switches float switches
of adjustable float switches, the product
range offers an enormous problem solution To ensure smooth running operating Up to four encapsulated magnetic sensor
potential. It allows the user to adjust the processes, in many devices and industrial elements can be placed in any position at
required switching points to individual systems it is necessary to monitor product 10 mm intervals in the immersion tube of
applications, thus creating a customised level in the most confined spaces. BERNSTEIN adjustable float switches.
product ideally adapted to his specific
operating conditions. These miniature float switches have been
specially developed for small tanks/reser-
BERNSTEIN additionally offers many other voirs as used in the automotive industry,
specific solutions that cannot all be illustra- drinks vending machines, air conditioning
ted in one catalogue. For more demanding systems etc.
applications it is therefore recommended to
contact BERNSTEIN using the fax Enquire/ The NC/NO contact switching function in
Order form at the end of this section. many miniature switches can be selected
by simply turning the float by 180°.

This type of miniature float switch is also

available with individual lengths of immer-
sion tube.

106 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Thanks to their extremely user-friendly de-
sign, each of these universally used devices
can replace several conventional switches.

Instead of keeping a large assortment of

different switches in stock, the user requires
only one single device.

The NC or NO contact switching function

can be easily adapted to given operating
conditions.

All versions are available as standard in four

lengths (250, 500, 750 and 1000 mm). Other
lengths are possible on request.

BERNSTEIN standard
float switches

For over 25 years it has been hard to

imagine fluid level regulation, control
and monitoring systems without
BERNSTEIN standard float switches.
In addition to being used to simply
provide a signal when a liquid level
drops below or exceeds a defined
value, they also ideally serve as signal
generators in automatically operating
filling systems.

With a wide range of different floats,

enclosure materials and connection
heads to choose from, the optimum
float switch can be configured for
virtually any application. Lengths
of up to 2 m are possible. Versions
are available with an elbow immersion
tube in the connection head or even
with a specially developed switching
device.

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 107

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Float Switches

Terminology Electrical service life Reed contact

To maintain a long service life of the A reed contact is a magnetically or electro-
and Basic Theory float switches, it is important to ensure magnetically operated switch. The pair of
the maximum supply voltages and ferromagnetic contact studs are housed in
switching currents are not exceeded. a hermetically sealed glass tube filled with
Connection cable inert gas. Under the influence of a magnetic
Temperature resistant up to +70 °C, Spark quenching field, the contact paddles assume opposing
special versions up to +150 °C also On request, all BERNSTEIN float switches polarity (north and south pole) and close
available. Switches with cables come can be equipped with protection circuitry when a sufficient force is applied. This pro-
in the standard length of 1 m, other which prevents wear caused by switching cedure can be repeated millions of times
lengths are also possible on request. sparks when switching inductive or capa- even at extremely short time intervals.
citive loads (please refer to protective
Radian (y) circuitry for reed contacts).
The radian is the length measured
from the contact surface of the con-
nection head to the neutral phase
of the vertical immersion tube.

Chemical resistance NC contact

See “Chemical Resistance” table
(Page 133). NO contact
Design of a reed contact
Pressure
Up to 25 bar depending on type Changeover
of float. contact
BERNSTEIN float switches are equipped
Disruptive breakdown voltage with barium ferrite magnets that are loca-
Each float switch undergoes a high ted in the float. Opening and closing of the
voltage test in accordance with contact studs is determined by the magnet
DIN VDE 0160. Contact function in the float correspondingly approaching or
moving away. The delivery range includes
Maximum making current Performance diagram normally-closed contacts, normally-open
From 0.5 A – 5 A depending on type The performance diagram shows the swit- contacts and changeover contacts.
of sensor used. ching capacity as a function of the switching
current (please refer to Page 71).
Immersion depth (h1)
Designates how far the float is immer- Miniature float switches
sed in the medium. This parameter is Favourable design and compact dimen-
dependent on the density of the liquid sions allow these float switches to be
as well as the size and weight of the used in smallest containers.
float. The values listed in the catalogue
Mechanical wear
refer to a density of 1.
Thanks to the contactless operating prin-
ciple, mechanical wear is not an issue.
End length (e)
From 36 mm to 50 mm depending on
the type of float.

Versions of reed contacts

108 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Switching distances (o/m/u)
The switching distances are defined with

z o = Top
z m = Middle
z u = Bottom

(please refer to Float Switch Enquiry

and Order form on Page 134).

Switch length (x)

This is the length from the connection
head up to the lower end of the tube.
x (max.) = 2000 mm

Maximum switching power

3 VA – 250 VA depending on type of reed
contact (please refer to Page 130).

Immersion tube
Available in PVC, MS63, stainless 1.4571.

Maximum switching voltage

100 V – 250 V depending on type of reed Switching function
contact (please refer to Page 130). (falling levels)

Switching point
The float magnet initiates a switching
signal by magnetising the contact studs
of the reed contact. Three switching points
per switch are possible (more on request).

Switching path
This corresponds to the path, on which
the contact remains active while the float
is moving in the same direction.

Protection classes
Corresponding to their ID code, the
switches are dustproof and water-
proof in accordance with IP65 or IP67
(EN 60529, IEC 529). S = NO contact
Ö = NC contact
U = Changeover contact

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 109

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Float Switches

Guidelines for reed contact 2. Capacitive loads

protection
In contrast to inductive loads, increase
The values for current, voltage and power making currents can occur in connection
specified in the catalogue apply only to with capacitive loads and lamp loads that
purely resistive loads. Very often, however, can damage and even weld contacts closed.
these loads are exposed to inductive or When capacitors are switched (e.g. cable
capacitive components. In these cases it capacitance) a very high peak current
is advisable to protect the reed contacts occurs with its intensity depending on the
against voltage and current peaks. Whilst capacitance and length of the cable leading
it is not possible to recommend a safe to the switch.
contact protection concept that applies
to all load ranges (each individual case will A resistor connected in series to the contact
require its own evaluation), we would like will reduce this current. The size of the
1) Voltage peaks induced by switching off inductive
to present general guidelines on how reed loads are suppressed by connecting a voltage-depen-
resistor is determined by the characteristics
contacts may be connected to different dent resistor (VDR) in parallel to the reed contact. of the corresponding electric circuit.
loads in order to avoid premature failure. It should, however, be as large as possible
to reduce the current to a permissible value,
thus ensuring reliable contact protection.
1. Inductive loads

In DC applications, contact protection is

relatively easy to realise with the aid of a Contact protection with resistors
free-wheeling diode connected in parallel for limiting current:
to the load. The diode polarity must be
selected so that it blocks when normal
operating voltage is applied but will short-
circuit the voltage induced after the switch
is opened (voltage peaks can significantly
exceed the operating voltage).

This can amount to a multiple of the opera-

2) In AC voltage applications effective protection is
ting voltage and initially cause a switching achieved with a combination of a resistor and a capacitor
spark between the opening contact studs. (RC element).

Generally, the RC element is connected in

parallel to the contact and therefore in series
to the load (vice versa is also possible).

1) Capacitive load

Suppression of voltage peaks with a free-wheeling diode

2) Lam load

110 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Wiring diagram

Changeover contact NC or NO contact

Up to 3 switching points Separate contacts Up to 3 switching points Separate contacts
Switching points

The letters o, m and u identify the position of the contact.

o = top, m = middle, u = bottom

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 111

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Standard float switches

Ordering example:
Position 1 2 3 4
See Page 118

Magnetic Output type Float switch –

Version
float switch reed contact float combination

Type M A  -

Min./max. dimensions Float switch – float combination

Switching distance Float material POM PVC PP NBR 1.4571 1.4571

for falling levels ø 40 x 27 ø 42 x 44 ø 30 x 44 ø 30 x 44 ø 45 x 47 ø 52
x = max. 2000 for stainless/brass Niro/MS
x = max. 1000 for stainless/brass PVC

Connection head material

Float switch material

Half cable gland R3/8’’

1.4571 1.4571 A V T R N E

MS 59 MS63 M L C S P F

PVC PVC K D I U — —

Cable gland PG9

1.4571 1.4571 A V T R N E

MS 58 MS63 M L C S P F

PVC PVC K D I U — —

ø 75 flange with
connector PC 1.4571 A V T R N E

PC MS63 M L C S P F

PC PVC K D I U — —

112 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

General Number of Switching Switching Connection Standard Special features

design switching points function power head range (see Page 119)

7     S 

Number of Switching Switching

Connection head
switching points function power

1.4571 1.4571
ø 62 ø 84 Straight type Elbow version
Type in illustration Type in illustration
in 1.4571 material. in 1.4571 material.
4 Mixed version (CO, NC, NO)

ID letter for connection head

ID letter for connection head

min. switching power = 3 VA

Slight dimensional Slight dimensional

max. 0.5 A - 30 VA - 250 V

max. 1 A - 60 VA - 250 V

variations may occur variations may occur

3 Changeover contact

in PVC and brass in PVC versions.

2 Switching points
3 Switching points
1 Switching point

versions.
2 NO contact
1 NC contact

B G 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L A C

O H 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L A —

— — 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L A C

B G 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L V H

O H 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L V —

— — 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L V H

B G 1/2/— 1/2/3/4 K L T W

O H 1/2/— 1/2/3/4 K L T —

— — 1/2/— 1/2/3/4 K L T W

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 113

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Standard float switches

Ordering example:
Position 1 2 3 4
See Page 118

Magnetic Output type Float switch –

Version
float switch reed contact float combination

Type M A  -

Min./max. dimensions Float switch – float combination

Switching distance Float material POM PVC PP NBR 1.4571 1.4571

for falling levels ø 40 x 27 ø 42 x 44 ø 30 x 44 ø 30 x 44 ø 45 x 47 ø 52
x = max. 2000 for stainless/brass Niro/MS

Connection head material

x = max. 1000 for stainless/brass PVC

Float switch material

Oval flange with

connector PC 1.4571 A V T R N E

PC MS63 M L C S P F

PC PVC K D I U — —

Flange enclosure ø 78
G-Al Si 12 1.4571 A V T R N E

G-Al Si 12 MS63 M L C S P F

G-Al Si 12 PVC K D I U — —

Flange enclosure ø 120

G-Al Si 12 1.4571 A V T R N E

G-Al Si 12 MS63 M L C S P F

G-Al Si 12 PVC K D I U — —

114 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

General Number of Switching Switching Connection Standard Special features

design switching points function power head range (see Page 119)

7     S 

Number of Switching Switching

Connection head
switching points function power

1.4571 1.4571
ø 62 ø 84 Straight type Elbow version
Type in illustration Type in illustration
in 1.4571 material. in 1.4571 material.
4 Mixed version (CO, NC, NO)

ID letter for connection head

ID letter for connection head

min. switching power = 3 VA

Slight dimensional Slight dimensional

max. 0.5 A - 30 VA - 250 V

max. 1 A - 60 VA - 250 V

variations may occur variations may occur

3 Changeover contact

in PVC and brass in PVC versions.

2 Switching points
3 Switching points
1 Switching point

versions.
2 NO contact
1 NC contact

B G 1/2 1/2/3/4 K L TO TW

O H 1/2 1/2/3/4 K L TO —

— — 1/2 1/2/3/4 K L TO TW

B G 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L S B

O H 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L S —

— — 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L S B

FL WFL
B G 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L
120 120

FL
O H 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L —
120

FL WFL
— — 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L
120 120

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 115

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Standard float switches

Ordering example:
Position 1 2 3 4
See Page 118

Magnetic Output type Float switch –

Version
float switch reed contact float combination

Type M A  -

Min./max. dimensions Float switch – float combination

Switching distance Float material POM PVC PP NBR 1.4571 1.4571

for falling levels ø 40 x 27 ø 42 x 44 ø 30 x 44 ø 30 x 44 ø 45 x 47 ø 52
x = max. 2000 for stainless/brass Niro/MS
x = max. 1000 for stainless/brass PVC

Connection head material

Float switch material

Flange enclosure DN50

1.4571/
ø 165 1.4571 A V T R N E
G-Al Si 12

PVC/
PVC K D I U — —
G-Al Si 12

Flange enclosure DN65

1.4571/
ø 185 1.4571 A V T R N E
G-Al Si 12

PVC/
PVC K D I U — —
G-Al Si 12

Tank cable gland R1,5’’

G-Al Si 12 1.4571 A V T R N E

PVC/
PVC K D I U — —
Polyester

116 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

General Number of Switching Switching Connection Standard Special features

design switching points function power head range (see Page 119)

7     S 

Number of Switching Switching

Connection head
switching points function power

1.4571 1.4571
ø 62 ø 84 Straight type Elbow version
Type in illustration Type in illustration
in 1.4571 material. in 1.4571 material.
4 Mixed version (CO, NC, NO)

ID letter for connection head

ID letter for connection head

min. switching power = 3 VA

Slight dimensional Slight dimensional

max. 0.5 A - 30 VA - 250 V

max. 1 A - 60 VA - 250 V

variations may occur variations may occur

3 Changeover contact

in PVC and brass in PVC versions.

2 Switching points
3 Switching points
1 Switching point

versions.
2 NO contact
1 NC contact

DN WDN
B G 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L
50 50

DN WDN
— — 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L
50 50

DN WDN
B G 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L
65 65

DN WDN
— — 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L
65 65

R
B G 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L
1,5

R
— — 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L
1,5

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 117

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Standard float switches

Ordering example:
MAK-721 KR2S Position 1 2 3 4

Magnetic Output type Float switch –

Version
float switch reed contact float combination

Type M A K -

Min./max. dimensions Float switch – float combination

Switching distance Float material POM PVC PP NBR 1.4571 1.4571

for falling levels ø 40 x 27 ø 42 x 44 ø 30 x 44 ø 30 x 44 ø 45 x 47 ø 52
x = max. 2000 for stainless/brass Niro/MS
x = max. 1000 for stainless/brass PVC

Connection head material

Float switch material

Tank cable gland R2’’

1.4571/
1.4571 A V T R N E
G-Al Si 12

PVC/
PVC K D I U — —
Polyester

With specification o = _____ ; u = _____ (see Order form on Page 134)

118 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

General Number of Switching Switching Connection Standard Special features

design switching points function power head range (see below)

7 2 1 K R2 S

Number of Switching Switching Connection head

switching points function power

1.4571 1.4571 Special features

ø 62 ø 84 Straight type
Type in illustration z Temperature monitoring
in 1.4571 material. PT100 (P1)/ PT1000 (P10)
4 Mixed version (CO, NC, NO)

ID letter for connection head

min. switching power = 3 VA

Slight dimensional z Bi-metal switch

max. 0.5 A - 30 VA - 250 V

max. 1 A - 60 VA - 250 V

variations may occur

3 Changeover contact

in PVC and brass

2 Switching points
3 Switching points

We can produce tailor-ma-

1 Switching point

versions.
de designs for specific ap-
2 NO contact
1 NC contact

plications to suit individual

customer requirements.

B G 1 / 2 / 3 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 K L R2

— — 1/2/3 1/2/3/4 K L R2

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 119

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Miniature float switches

Ordering example:
Position 1 2 3
See Page 118

Version Miniature float switches Float

Type MS  -

Min./max. dimensions Float

Switching distance PP PVC NBR NBR 1.4571

for falling levels ø 25 x 21 ø 25 x 21 ø 20 x 20 ø 23 x 25 ø 30

e = 20 (NC contact) e = 26 (NC contact) e = 23 (NC contact) e = 28 (NC contact) e = 24 (NC contact)
e = 17 (NO contact) e = 23 (NO contact) e = 23 (NO contact) e = 22 (NO contact) e = 23 (NO contact)

Connection thread
R1/8’’ K1 K2 K3 K4 N1

K1 K2 K3 K4 N1

K1 — K3 K4 —

— K2 K3 K4 —

Connection thread
R3/8’’ K1 K2 K3 K4 N1

K1 K2 K3 K4 N1

K1 — K3 K4 —

— K2 K3 K4 —

Connection thread
R3/8’’ with connector K1 K2 K3 K4 N1

K1 K2 K3 K4 N1

K1 — K3 K4 —

— K2 K3 K4 —

120 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Special features
Enclosure material Connection head Switching function
(see Page 119)

 -  -  

Enclosure material Connection head Switching function

Ni (stainless) = 1.4571 Version

S = NO contact (250 V– 0.5 A– 10 VA)

O = NC contact (100 V; 0.3 A; 3 VA)

MS (brass) = MS63

Max. number of switching points

X = max. overall length (mm)
PP = Polypropylene

U = Changeover contact
PVC = Polyvinyl chloride

(100 V; 0.3 A; 3 VA)

Cable length (m)

max. = 10 VA

R 1/8
Ni S O U 1000 3 1

MS S O U 1000 3 1

PP S O U 40,5 1 1

PVC S O U 500 3 1

R 3/8
Ni S O U 1000 3 1

MS S O U 1000 3 1

PP S O U 40,5 1 1

PVC S O U 500 3 1

R 3/8ST
Ni S O U 1000 3 —

MS S O U 1000 3 —

PP PP 40,5 1 —

PVC PVC 500 3 —

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 121

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Miniature float switches

Ordering example:
Position 1 2 3
See Page 118

Version Miniature float switches Float

Type MS  -

Min./max. dimensions Float

Switching distance PP PVC NBR NBR 1.4571

for falling levels ø 25 x 21 ø 25 x 21 ø 20 x 20 ø 23 x 25 ø 30

e = 20 (NC contact) e = 26 (NC contact) e = 23 (NC contact) e = 28 (NC contact) e = 24 (NC contact)
e = 17 (NO contact) e = 23 (NO contact) e = 23 (NO contact) e = 22 (NO contact) e = 23 (NO contact)

Connection thread PG7

K1 K2 K3 K4 N1

K1 K2 K3 K4 N1

K1 — K3 K4 —

— K2 K3 K4 —

MSKS-PA-FL36-OS

— — — — —

122 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Special features
Enclosure material Connection head Switching function
(see Page 119)

 -  -  

Enclosure material Connection head Switching function

Ni (stainless) = 1.4571 Version

S = NO contact (250 V– 0.5 A– 10 VA)

O = NC contact (100 V; 0.3 A; 3 VA)

MS (brass) = MS63

Max. number of switching points

X = max. overall length (mm)
PP = Polypropylene

U = Changeover contact
PVC = Polyvinyl chloride

(100 V; 0.3 A; 3 VA)

Cable length (m)

max. = 10 VA

PG7
Ni S O U 1000 3 1

MS S O U 1000 3 1

PP S O U 40,5 1 1

PVC S O U 500 3 1

FL36

PA12 S O —
For lateral mounting
(Enclosure & float) (with 1 m cable)

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 123

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Adjustable float switches

Ordering example:
Position 1 2 3 4
See Page 118

Output type Float switch –

Version Magnetic float switch
reed contact float combination

Type M A  -

Min./max. dimensions Float switch – float combination

Switching distance Float material 1.4571 PVC

for falling levels ø 52 x 55 ø 52 x 55
Connection head material

Float switch material

Flange enclosure DN50

1.4571/
ø 165 1.4571 N V
G-Al Si 12

PVC/
PVC — D
Polyester

Flange enclosure DN65

1.4571/
ø 185 1.4571 N V
G-Al Si 12

PVC/
PVC — D
Polyester

Tank cable gland R1,5’’

G-Al Si 12 1.4571 N V

PVC/
PVC — D
Polyester

124 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 5 6 7 8

Adjustable Connection head Length

VST  / 
Important! Please order switching devices without switching modules separately!

Max. number
Connection head Length Switching module
of switching modules/switching devices

Version Other lengths (mm) on request NC/NO contact Changeover

contact

Lengths Lengths

1000 mm

1000 mm
250 mm

500 mm

750 mm

250 mm

500 mm

750 mm
NC/NO contact Changeover
Bistable contact

FL165
250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

FL185
250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

R1,5
250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 125

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Adjustable float switches

Ordering example:
Position 1 2 3 4
See Page 118

Output type Float switch –

Version Magnetic float switch
reed contact float combination

Type M A  -

Min./max. dimensions Float switch – float combination

Switching distance Float material 1.4571 PVC

for falling levels ø 52 x 55 ø 52 x 55
Connection head material

Float switch material

Tank cable gland R2’’

1.4571/
1.4571 N V
G-Al Si 12

PVC/
PVC — D
Polyester

Flange enclosure ø 120

G-Al Si 12 1.4571 N V

G-Al Si 12 PVC — D

Flange enclosure ø 120

with gush water G-Al Si 12 1.4571 — —
protection

G-Al Si 12 PVC — —

126 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 5 6 7 8

Adjustable Connection head Length

VST  / 
Important! Please order switching devices without switching modules separately!

Max. number
Connection head Length Switching module
of switching modules/switching devices

Version Other lengths (mm) on request NC/NO contact Changeover

contact

Lengths Lengths

1000 mm

1000 mm
250 mm

500 mm

750 mm

250 mm

500 mm

750 mm
NC/NO contact Changeover
Bistable contact

R2
250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

FL120
250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

FLS120
250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

250 / 500 / 750 / 1000 4910007069 4916007075 2 / 3 / 4 / 4 2 / 3 / 3 / 3

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 127

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Range of Floats

Floats
Standard Float Switches

ID letter A/M/K ID letter T/C/I ID letter R/S/U

Dimensions (mm) Ø 40 x 27 Dimensions (mm) Ø 30 x 44 Dimensions (mm) Ø 30 x 44
Material POM Material PP Material NBR

Immersion Density Immersion Density Immersion Density

depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3)
18 1 27,5 1 19,5 1
20 0.9 30,5 0.9 22 0.9
22,5 0.8 34,5 0.8 24,5 0.8
26 0.7 39,5 0.7 28 0.7

Art. No.: 4945206009 Art. No.: 4945203019 Art. No.: 4945203031

ID letter V/L/D ID letter N/P ID letter E/F

Dimensions (mm) Ø 42 x 44 Dimensions (mm) Ø 44 x 45 Dimensions (mm) Ø 52
Material PVC Material 1.4571 Material 1.4571

Immersion Density Immersion Density Immersion Density

depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3)
25 1 32 1 32 1
27,5 0.9 35 0.9 34 0.9
30,5 0.8 39 0.8 37 0.8
35 0.7 45 0.7 43 0.7

Art. No.: 4945215029 Art. No.: 4942104002 Art. No.: 4942105003

ID letter B/O ID letter G/H

Dimensions (mm) Ø 62 Dimensions (mm) Ø 84
Material 1.4571 Material 1.4571

Immersion Density Immersion Density

depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3)
33 1 33 1
35 0.9 35 0.9
38 0.8 38 0.8
42 0.7 42 0.7

Art. No.: 4942102001 Art. No.: 4942101004

128 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Floats
Adjustable Float Switches
ID letter V/L/D ID letter N/P
Dimensions (mm) Ø 52 x 55 Dimensions (mm) Ø 52 x 55
Material PVC Material 1.4571

Immersion Density Immersion Density

depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3)
29 1 33 1
32 0.9 36 0.9
36 0.8 40,5 0.8
42 0.7 46 0.7

Art. No.: 4945216032 Art. No.: 4942299023

Floats
Miniature Float Switches
ID letter K1 ID letter K2 ID letter K4
Dimensions (mm) Ø 25 x 21 Dimensions (mm) Ø 25 x 21 Dimensions (mm) Ø 23 x 25
Material PP Material PVC Material NBR

Immersion Density Immersion Density Immersion Density

depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3)
12 1 15 1 16 1
13 0.9 16 0.9 17,5 0.9
14,5 0.8 18,5 0.8 19,5 0.8
16,5 0.7 – 0.7 22 0.7

Art. No.: 4945207021 Art. No.: 4945207022 Art. No.: 4945211024

ID letter K3 ID letter N1
Dimensions (mm) Ø 20 x 20 Dimensions (mm) Ø 30
Material NBR Material 1.4571

Immersion Density Immersion Density

depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3) depth h1 (mm) y (g/cm3)
15 1 18 1
17 0.9 19 0.9
– 0.8 21 0.8
– 0.7 24 0.7

Art. No.: 4945210020 Art. No.: 4942109018

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 129

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Technical data

Standard
Float switches

Electrical data
Switching function Changeover/NC/NO contacts Changeover/NC/NO contacts
Contact ID letter K L (min. Switching power 3 VA)
Switching voltage (max) 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Switching current (max) 0.5 A 1A
Switching power (max) 30 VA 60 VA
Mechanical data
Container connection options Flange enclosure RD 120 mm Flange enclosure RD 120 mm
Flange enclosure RD 77 mm Flange enclosure RD 77 mm
Flange enclosure RD 165 mm Flange enclosure RD 165 mm
Flange enclosure RD 185 mm Flange enclosure RD 185 mm
Cable gland PG9 Cable gland PG9
Cable gland R3/8’’ Cable gland R3/8’’
Cable gland R1/5’’ with connector DIN 43650 Cable gland R1/5’’ with connector DIN 43650
Oval flange 75 x 50 mm with connector DIN 43650 Oval flange 75 x 50 mm with connector DIN 43650

Float switch material Stainless steel 1.4571 Stainless steel 1.4571

Brass MS63 Brass MS63
PVC PVC

Float variants A/M/K Cylinder float RD 40 x 27 mm (POM) A/M/K Cylinder float RD 40 x 27 mm (POM)
T/C/I Cylinder float RD 30 x 44 mm (PP) T/C/I Cylinder float RD 30 x 44 mm (PP)
V/D Cylinder float RD 42 x 44 mm (NBR) V/D Cylinder float RD 42 x 44 mm (NBR)
R/S Cylinder float RD 30 x 44 mm (NBR) R/S Cylinder float RD 30 x 44 mm (NBR)
N/P Cylinder float RD 44 x 45 mm (stainless steel) N/P Cylinder float RD 44 x 45 mm (stainless steel)
E/F Ball float RD 52 mm (stainless steel) E/F Ball float RD 52 mm (stainless steel)
B/O Ball float RD 62 mm (stainless steel) B/O Ball float RD 62 mm (stainless steel)
G/H Ball float RD 84 mm (stainless steel) G/H Ball float RD 84 mm (stainless steel)

Ambient conditions
Protection class (DIN 40050) IP65 (up to IP68 on request) IP65 (up to IP68 on request)
Temperature range -5 °C to +70 °C (from -30 °C to +150 °C on request) -5 °C to +70 °C (from -30 °C to +150 °C on request)
Pressure 5 bar (up to 25 bar on request) 5 bar (up to 25 bar on request)

130 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Miniature
Float Switches

Electrical data
Switching function Changeover/NC contacts Changeover/NC/NO contacts
Contact ID letter B X
Switching voltage (max) 250 V AC/DC 100 V AC/DC
Switching current (max) 0.5 A 0.3 A
Switching power (max) 10 VA 3 VA
Mechanical data
Container connection options Cable gland PG7 Cable gland PG7
Cable gland R1/8’’ Cable gland R1/8’’
Cable gland R3/8’’ Cable gland R3/8’’
Cable gland R3/8’’ with connector Cable gland R3/8’’ with connector

Float switch material Stainless steel 1.4571 Stainless steel 1.4571

PP PP
PVC PVC
Brass MS63 Brass MS63

Float variants K1 Cylinder float RD 25 x 20 mm (PP) K1 Cylinder float RD 25 x 20 mm (PP)

K2 Cylinder float RD 25 x 20 mm (PVC) K2 Cylinder float RD 25 x 20 mm (PVC)
K3 Cylinder float RD 20 x 20 mm (NBR) K3 Cylinder float RD 20 x 20 mm (NBR)
K4 Cylinder float RD 23 x 25 mm (NBR) K4 Cylinder float RD 23 x 25 mm (NBR)
N1 Ball float RD 30 mm (stainless steel) N1 Ball float RD 30 mm (stainless steel)

Ambient conditions
Protection class (DIN 40050) IP65 (up to IP68 on request) IP65 (up to IP68 on request)
Temperature range -5 °C to +70 °C (from -30 °C to +150 °C on request) -5 °C to +70 °C (from -30 °C to +150 °C on request)
Pressure 5 bar (up to 15 bar on request) 5 bar (up to 15 bar on request)

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 131

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Technical data

Adjustable
Float Switches

Electrical data
Contact ID letter P L
Switching module, type designation REEDK. KPL. F. MA REEDK. KPL. F. MA
Article number 4910007069 4910007075
Switching function NC/NO contact (bi) Changeover contact (bi)
Switching voltage (max) 250 V AC/DC 250 V AC/DC
Switching current (max) 5A 1A
Switching power (max) 250 VA 60 VA
Mechanical data
Container connection options Flange DN 50 (PVC/stainless steel) Flange DN 50 (PVC/stainless steel)
Flange DN 65 (PVC/stainless steel) Flange DN 65 (PVC/stainless steel)
Cable gland R1.5’’ (PVC/stainless steel) Cable gland R1.5’’ (PVC/stainless steel)
Cable gland R2’’ (PVC/stainless steel) Cable gland R2’’ (PVC/stainless steel)
Flange enclosure RD 120 mm Flange enclosure RD 120 mm
(also available with gush water tube) (also available with gush water tube)

Float switch material Stainless steel 1.4571 Stainless steel 1.4571

Brass MS63 Brass MS63
PVC PVC

Float variants N/P Cylinder float RD 52 x 55 mm (stainless steel) N/P Cylinder float RD 52 x 55 mm (stainless steel)
V/D/L Cylinder float RD 52 x 55 mm (PVC) V/D/L Cylinder float RD 52 x 55 mm (PVC)

Ambient conditions
Protection class (DIN 40050) IP65 (up to IP68 on request) IP65 (up to IP68 on request)
Temperature range -5 °C to +70 °C (from -30 °C to +150 °C on request) -5 °C to +70 °C (from -30 °C to +150 °C on request)
Pressure 5 bar (up to 15 bar on request) 5 bar (up to 15 bar on request)

132 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Chemical Resistance
Float switch materials at +20 °C

+ = Resistant
Chemical substance Conc. in % POM PP NBR PVC Brass MS63 1.4571
Acetone 100 + + U U + +
The material remains fully resistant to the
Aluminium sulphate 10 / + + + U +
medium or is minimally affected. The effect
Aluminium chloride 10 / + + + U +
of pressure and temperature changes on
Formic acid 85 + + U + U +
Ammonia 10 + + U O U +
the materials must be taken into account.
Aniline 100 / + U U O +
Ethyl acetate 100 O O U U + +
Ethyl ether 100 + + U / + + O = Conditionally resistant
Ethylene chloride 100 / U U U / +
Benzine 100 + U + + + + The material is affected by the medium;
Benzene 100 + U O U + + sealing materials swell. Application may
Boric acid 10 / + + + + + be possible if concentration, pressure, tem-
Butyl acetate 100 + O U U / + perature, service life or other influencing
Calcium chloride 10 + + + + U +
factors are restricted.
Chlorobenzene 100 + + U U / +
Chlorine water – / + U O U +
Chloroform 100 / U U U + +
Chromic acid 10 O + U + U + U = Non-resistant
Ferrous chloride 10 O + + + U U
Acetic acid 10 + + U + U + The material may not be used in the specified
Acetic acid 80 O + U + U + medium or at the given temperature unless
Formaldehyde 20 + + + + O + under very clearly defined preconditions.
Glycerine 90 + + + + + +
Urea 10 / + + + / +
Iodine – / + + U / + / = No data available
Potassium bichromate 5 / + O + U +
Potassium nitrate 10 / + + + / +
Potassium permanganate 1 + + O + / +
Copper sulphate 10 / / + + U +
Magnesium chloride 10 / + + + U +
Methylene chloride 100 U U U O / +
Lactic acid 10 + + O + O +
Mineral oil 100 + + + + + +
Sodium bisulphite 10 / + U O U +
Sodium carbonate 10 + + + + O +
Sodium chloride 10 + + + + O +
Sodium sulphate 10 / + + + + +
Oxalic acid 40 / O U + O O
Phenol, aqueous 10 U + U + / +
Phosphoric acid 10 + + O + U +
Mercury 100 / + + + U +
Mercuric chloride 5 / + + O U +
Nitric acid 65 U U U + U +
Nitric acid 10 U O U + U +
Hydrochloric acid 10 U + U + U U
Hydrochloric acid 2 U + U + U U
Carbon disulphide 100 + U U U + +
Sulphuric acid 10 + + + + U +
Sulphuric acid 98 U O U O U +
Hydrogen sulphide 2 / + + + O +
Soap solution 1 + + + + + +
Carbon tetrachloride 100 + U U O + +
Trichloroethylene 100 O O U U O +
Wine – / + + + O +
Zinc chloride 10 / + + + U +

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 133

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Fax

Enquiry and Order Form R Enquiry Date: ______________

Float Switches R Order

Receiver Sender
Company:

Customer No.:

Contact:
BERNSTEIN AG
Tieloser Weg 6 Department:
D-32457 Porta Westfalica
Street:
Telephone: +49-(0)571/793-0
Town:
Fax: +49-(0)571/793-555
[email protected] Telephone:

Fax:

E-mail:

Operational environment R One-off R Batch order R Sample

Medium: __________ Temperature: from _____ °C to _____ °C Batch size: __________ pcs.

Pressure: min. __________ bar max. __________ bar Annual quantity: __________ pcs.

Electrical data Technical data

Voltage: _____ V R AC R DC Current: _____ A Cable length*: __________ m R Separate contacts

Power: min. __________ VA max. __________ VA Mounting: R From top R From bottom R From side

*Standard 1 m

Type

curved type 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
straight type

approach switching
direction function
NC Special features
float top NO
CO

NC
float mid NO
CO

float down NC
NO Remarks
CO

134 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Notes

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 135

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Accessories

Magnets
1. Hard ferrite magnets

Barium and strontium hard ferrites are

economically priced, reliable components
that are also widely used in automation,
control and measurement applications.
When operated in high temperature ran-
ges, the specified switching distance will
decrease by a factor of 0.2 % per 1 °C.

Chemical properties:

Ferrite magnets are oxide ceramics. They

are made of approx. 80 % iron oxide and
20 % barium oxide or strontium oxide. The
magnets are resistant to a large number of
chemicals, including solvents, caustic solu-
tions and weak acids. If strong organic and
inorganic acids, e.g. hydrochloric, sulphuric
and hydrofluoric acid, are used, their resis-
tance will basically be determined by the
temperature, concentration and reaction
time of the medium. In general, the resis-
tance should first be determine by means
of long-term tests.

Mechanical properties:

Due to their ceramic characteristic, ferrites 3. Plastic-bound magnets Use in potentially explosive atmospheres
are brittle and sensitive to shock and ben-
ding loads. Plastic-bound permanent magnets have Magnets must not be used in potentially
an attractive price-performance ratio and explosive atmospheres as they can cause
2. Rare-earth magnets thanks to the way they are formed they can sparks. Grinding dust and chips from rare-
be produced with complex geometries. earth magnets are self-igniting and burn off
Permanent magnets made from samarium at high temperatures. They should therefore
cobalt and neodymium iron boron are high Injection-moulded magnets are typical only be machined using ample water and
performance and high quality components composite materials. The magnetic powder never in dry conditions since even dried
that are widely used in drive and control is embedded in thermoplastic materials grinding dust can ignite.
engineering. When operated in high tem- (polyamides). One of the main advantages
perature ranges, the specified switching of plastic-bound magnets is that they can Strong magnetic fields
distance will decrease by a factor of 0.02 % be formed into a diverse range of shapes.
per 1 °C. Strong magnetic fields can interfere with
Chemical properties: or even damage electronic or mechanical
Chemical properties: equipment. This includes cardiac pace-
Surface corrosion can rarely be found on makers. Appropriate safety distances are
All rare-earth magnets are metallic materi- plastic bound magnets. For this reason, specified in the corresponding manuals or
als and show the corresponding characte- they can be used in most fields of appli- may be requested from the manufacturers.
ristics associated with these materials, e.g. cation without additional coating.
the polished shine immediately after being Radioactive radiation
machined. The magnets are surface-treated Mechanical properties:
(e.g. nickel coating) to protect them from Permanent magnets must not be exposed
environmental influences. Plastic-bound magnets can be subjected to to long-term radioactive radiation otherwise
buckling and bending without breaking or they may lose their magnetism.
Mechanical properties: chipping.

Minor chips may occur if rare-earth mag-

nets are subjected to impact stress. They
respond very sensitively to vibrations and
may become demagnetised.

136 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Effects on persons Mounting a magnetic switch system
on ferromagnetic materials
There are no known side-effects caused
by touching magnet materials. The nominal distance may be reduced
when magnetic limit switches and their
Magnet shapes actuating magnets are mounted on mag-
netisable material (Fe, etc.). To ensure
Rectangular, circular and cylindrical trouble-free operation, a minimum gap
mag-nets are the most common shapes of 15 mm between the magnetic switch
of permanent magnets manufactured in and any material that can be magnetised
a press-shaping process. In addition to should be maintained as a reference value.
these standard geometries, permanent The same applies to the actuating magnets.
magnets may be manufactured in many
other shapes. The shape should preferably Applications
be defined during the pressing process
since subsequent shaping can only be z Counting
performed using complex diamond tools. z Position indication in lifts
Holes and openings can only be made in
z End position switches in pneumatic
the pressing direction.
and hydraulic installations
Directions of magnetisation z Position indication on butterfly valves,
slide valves and valves in general
The term preferred direction refers to the z Conveyors in high-bay shelving
alignment of the magnetic crystals in a z Position detection in textile, packaging
certain direction. The magnet achieves its and meat cutting machines
highest magnetic values in this preferred
z Machine runtime and downtime
direction and must therefore be magne-
monitoring
tised in this direction.
z Control of machine tools
z Level monitoring of liquids
(see Float Switches)

The preferred direction is achieved by

subjecting the magnetic powder to a
strong external magnetic field (coil) during
the pressing process. As magnets have
no preferred direction, the magnetisation
direction and type can be freely selected.

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 137

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Accessories

Actuating Magnets
without Encapsulation

Actuating magnets without encapsulation T-75 T-06N/S T-61N/S T-67N/S

Magnet material Rare-earth Neodymium iron boron (NdFeB) Barium ferrite Barium ferrite
Temperature range -40 °C ... +150 °C -40 °C ... +150 °C -40 °C ... +150 °C -40 °C ... +150 °C
(magnetic switch operation) -40 °F ... +302 °F -40 °F ... +302 °F -40 °F ... +302 °F -40 °F ... +302 °F
Temperature coefficient 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K
Enclosure material - - - -
Article number 6301175057 6301106065 6301261035 6301167054
Dimensioned drawing
ø6(0.24˝)

ø6(0.24˝)

3(0.12˝) 3(0.12˝)

Marking slots
on north pole side

Actuating magnets without encapsulation T-62N/S T-69N/S T-68N T-68S

Magnet material Barium ferrite Barium ferrite Barium ferrite Barium ferrite
Temperature range -40 °C ... +150 °C -40 °C ... +150 °C -40 °C ... +150 °C -40 °C ... +150 °C
(magnetic switch operation) -40 °F ... +302 °F -40 °F ... +302 °F -40 °F ... +302 °F -40 °F ... +302 °F
Temperature coefficient 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K
Enclosure material - - - -
Article number 6301262039 6301269031 6301268028 6301368033
Dimensioned drawing

90° countersink 90° countersink

on north pole side on south pole side

138 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Actuating Magnets
in Plastic Enclosure

Actuating magnets in plastic enclosure TK-11-11 TK-11-01 TK-21-02 TK-21-12

Magnet material AlNiCo-500 AlNiCo-500 AlNiCo-500 AlNiCo-500

Temperature range -20 °C ... +80 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C
(magnetic switch operation) -4 °F ... +176 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F
Temperature coefficient 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K
Enclosure material PA 6.6 PA 6.6 PA 6.6 PA 6.6
Article number 6302111047 6303111001 6303121002 6302121030
Dimensioned drawing

Actuating magnets in plastic enclosure TK-45 TK-42 TK-44

Magnet material AlNiCo-500 AlNiCo-500 AlNiCo-500

Temperature range -20 °C ... +80 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C
(magnetic switch operation) -4 °F ... +176 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F
Temperature coefficient 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K
Enclosure material PA 6.6 PA 6.6 PA 6.6
Article number 6302145048 6302142049 6302144050
Dimensioned drawing

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 139

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Accessories

Actuating Magnets

Actuating magnets in plastic enclosure TK-50 TK-57N TK-57S

Magnet material Barium ferrite Barium ferrite Barium ferrite

Temperature range -20 °C ... +80 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C
(magnetic switch operation) -4 °F ... +176 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F
Temperature coefficient 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K
Enclosure material PA 6.6 PBT PBT
Article number 6302100053 6302257060 6302357061
Dimensioned drawing

active surface (green) active surface (red)

Actuating magnets in metal enclosure TA-21-02 TA-31 TA-33

Magnet material AlNiCo-500 AlNiCo-500 Barium ferrite

Temperature range -40 °C ... +150 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C -20 °C ... +80 °C
(magnetic switch operation) -40 °F ... +302 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F -4 °F ... +176 °F
Temperature coefficient 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K 0.2 %/K
Enclosure material Al Al Al
Article number 6305121064 6303131005 6303133034
Dimensioned drawing

140 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Mounting Brackets

Mounting brackets BWN-M06NI/40 x 47 BWN-M06NI/27 x 38 BWN-M36NI

Material Niro 1.4301 Niro 1.4301 Niro 1.4301

MA-06, MA-16, MA-06, MA-16, MA-06, MA-16,
For series
MA-26, MA-15 MA-26, MA-15 MA-26, MA-15
Article number 4102802001 4102802002 4904700035
Dimensioned drawing

Miniature
Snap-In Connectors

Miniature snap-in connectors Ø 6.5 mm Ø 6.5 mm

Contact assignments
1 = Brown
2 = Black
3 = Blue
1

Cable material PUR PUR

Coupler material PA 12 PA 12
Coupling ring material POM POM
-25 °C … +90 °C -25 °C … +90 °C
Temperature range
-13 °F … +194 °F -13 °F … +194 °F
Switching function Universal Universal
Cable structure 3 x 0.25 mm2 3 x 0.25 mm2
Protection class IP67/NEMA 4 IP67/NEMA 4
Article number 2,5 m 4139100219 4139100221
5m 4139100220 4139100222
10 m

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 141

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Accessories

Connectors

Cable connector M8 x 1 M8 M8 M8

Contact assignments
1 = Brown
2 = Black
3 = Blue

Cable material PVC PVC PVC

Coupler material TPU PUR PUR
Coupling ring material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3

Temperature range -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C

Switching function PNP/LED Universal Universal

Cable structure 3 x 0.25 mm2 3 x 0.25 mm2 3 x 0.25 mm2
Protection class IP67 IP68 IP68
Article number 2.5 m 4139100213 4139100795 4139100798
5m 4139100216 4139100796 4139100799
10 m 4139100797 4139100800

Cable connector M12 x 1 M12 3-wire M12 3-wire M12 4-wire M12 4-wire

Contact assignments
1 = Brown
2 = White
3 = Blue
4 = Black

Cable material PVC PVC PVC PUR

Coupler material PUR PUR PA PUR
Coupling ring material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3

Temperature range -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C

Switching function Universal Universal Universal PNP/LED

Cable structure 3 x 0.34 mm2 3 x 0.34 mm2 4 x 0.25 mm2 4 x 0.25 mm2
Protection class IP68 IP68 IP68 IP67
Article number 2.5 m 4139100801 4139100804 4139100244
5m 4139100802 4139100468 4139100903 4139100245
10 m 4139100803 4139100805 4139100467 4139100254

142 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Cable connector M12 x 1 M12 Ultralock M12 Ultralock M12 M12

Contact assignments
1 = Brown
2 = White
3 = Blue
4 = Black

Cable material PVC PVC – –

Coupler material PUR PUR PA PA
Coupling ring material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3

Temperature range -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C

Switching function Universal Universal Universal Universal

Cable structure 3 x 0.34 mm2 3 x 0.34 mm2 – –
Protection class IP68 IP68 IP67 IP67
Article number 2.5 m 4139100899 4139100906 4139100102 4139100101
5m
10 m

Cable connector M12 x 1 M12 3-wire M12 5-wire

Contact assignments
1 = Brown
2 = White
3 = Blue
4 = Black

Cable material PVC PUR

Coupler material TPU PUR
Coupling ring material CuZn39Pb3 CuZn39Pb3

Temperature range -25/+90 °C -25/+90 °C

Switching function PNP/LED Universal

Cable structure 3 x 0.4 mm2 5 x 0.34 mm2
Protection class IP68 IP68
Article number 2.5 m 4139100553 4139100956
5m 4139100554
10 m

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 143

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Accessories

Reflectors
Triple reflectors are best suited for the
purpose of reflecting light in light barrier
systems. Reflective films are only used as
a second choice alternative. Triple reflec-
tors are designed as small, pyramid-shaped
triple mirrors, joined to provide a reflection
surface. Three pyramid-shaped mirror
surfaces joined at 90° reflect the incident Type designation RTS-D17 KK RTS-D22 KK
light three times on one mirror surface. Article number 6572108008 6572109009
They reflect the light beam by 180° back Diameter 17.5 mm 22 mm
in the source direction. Vibration, slight
movement and displacement up to 30°
with respect to the optical axis of the triple
reflector do not interrupt the light beam.

A reflective film can also be tilted or dis-

placed. In this case, in contrast to the triple
reflector, the degree of reflection diminis-
hes considerably as such films use small
mirrors together with micro glass pearls
to reflect light. An advantage of reflective
film, however, is its flexibility in installati-
on. Although its reflection quality can be
improved by means of a triple structure in
the film, it still does not match the degree Type designation RTS-D32 KK RTS-D83 KK
Article number 6572110010 6572107003
of reflection achieved by a triple reflector.
Diameter 32 mm 83 mm
In general, a plane mirror must not be dis-
placed. The angle of incidence of the light
beam directed at such mirrors must pre-
cisely correspond to the angle of reflection
about the optical axis to ensure effective
reflection in the light barrier receiver
(optoelectric sensor).

The specified ranges of the reflection light

barriers refer to the RTS-083 KK and RTS-
060 KK reflector. Essentially, the size of the
reflector should be selected according to
the sensing range and the size of the
object to be detected. The object should
ideally be larger than the reflector so that Type designation RTS-60 KK RFS-100 KK
it completely covers the reflector. Article number 6572100007 6572300001
Structure 60 x 41 mm 100 x 100 mm Self-adhesive film

Example: OR20RS

Reflector Range
RTS-D17 KK 3.2 m
RTS-D22 KK 3.5 m
RTS-D32 KK 4.0 m
RTS-D83 KK 8.0 m
RTS-60 KK 8.0 m
RFS-100 KK 6.0 m
RTS-120 KK 3.5 m
RTS-500 KK 7.0 m

Ranges of other reflection light barriers Type designation RTS-120 KK RTS-500 KK

available on request. Article number 6572100006 6572100002
Structure 120 x 18 mm 500 x 35 mm Plastic

144 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Mounting Material
Other mounting brackets available
on request.

Type designation BWN-L05ST KPL BWN-L20NI KPL

Article number 6571300003 6571200002

Type designation BWN-L20NI KPL BWN-L12AL KPL

Article number 6571200007 6571500006

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 145

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Accessories

Mounting Brackets

Type BKB-D04PA Type BKS-D20PA

Art. No. 5960223069 Art. No. 5960223085

Type BKB-D05PA Type BKS-D22PA

Art. No. 5960223070 Art. No. 5960223040

Type BKS D32 PA

Art. No. 5960223002 Type BKB-D06PA Type BKS-D34PA
Including 2 screws M 6 x 45 mm, DIN 912 Art. No. 5960223071 Art. No. 5960223041

146 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Sensor Tester

Technical data
Type designation Sensor Tester
Article number 6510000048

Function Sensor tester for DC 2-wire and 3-wire

proximity switches
Test function: Checking and indicating the
switching status of a sensor with
visual and acoustic signal
Power supply 9 V block battery (6LR61)
Output voltage 15 VDC, 20 mA stabilised
Enclosure Modified enclosure of Series OR20
Temperature range min/max –25 °C/+70 °C
Input signals NPN/PNP 3-wire, DC 2-wire, NAMUR

The sensor tester is used for checking 2-wire and 3-wire Green LED: Operating voltage When not in use, the sensor tester switches off
DC proximity switches. Coloured LEDs and an acoustic automatically after approx. 30 s.
signal are used to indicate the switching statuses. Red LED: Low battery

Yellow LED: Sensor switching status

Connection assignments

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 147

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Inductive Sensors

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 +

K I N - T 1 2 N S / 0 0 4 - K L 2
Product group Type of enclosure Output Sensing distance Options

Product group Design examples Output

1 K Non-contact proximity switch D08 Ø 8 mm (metal) 8 P PNP

2 I Inductive R22 Ø 22 mm (plastic) N NPN

3 B Flush mount M12 Threaded barrel M12 x 1 A AC 2-wire

N Non-flush mount E NAMUR

Rectangular and other types
R Ring sensor Z DC 2-wire
E16 16 x 5 x 5 mm
4 - Dash (fixed) R Relay
E27 27 x 10 x 5.5 mm
G Push-pull
Type of enclosure
E28 28 x 16 x 11 mm
Dual output stage
D
Metric thread E40 40 x 26 x 12 mm (NPN/PNP selectable)
5 M
(metal enclosure)
E50 50 x 25 x 10 mm 9 S NO contact
Metric thread
T
(plastic enclosure) E68 68 x 30 x 15 mm Ö NC contact

Round enclosure G00 Tube thread, general P Programmable

D
(metal)
N44 41.5 x 41.5 x 120 mm A Analogue
Round enclosure
R
(plastic) Q05 5 x 5 x 25 mm U Antivalent (selectable)

Cuboid enclosure Q08 8 x 8 x 40 mm, Side active 10 / Slash (fixed)

Q
(metal)
Q12 12 x 12 x 55 mm
Sensing distance
P PG thread (metal)

E Rectangular enclosure (plastic) 11 – 13 z. B. 1.5 1.5 mm

S Slot proximity switch (plastic) z. B. 002 2.0 mm

Standard mounting z. B. 040 40 mm

N
(to DIN 50025/50037)
14 - Dash (fixed)
C Compact enclosure
Options
6–7 Two-digit number for:

Round types = Ø as specified

15 – 17 See type code “OPTIONS”
Threaded types
= standard designation

Rectangular types
= consecutive type numbers

148 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Inductive Sensors (sort by type designation)

Type Art. No. Page Type Art. No. Page Type Art. No. Page

KIB-D03PÖ/0,6-KL2PU 6502799007 14 KIB-M12PS/002-KLSM8V 6502943008 19 KIN-E50PÖ/008-KL2 6502790002 35

KIB-D03PS/0,6-KL2PU 6502999019 14 KIB-M12PS/002-KS12V 6502943006 19 KIN-E50PS/008-KL2 6502990003 35
KIB-D04NS/0,8-KL2PU 6502399004 14 KIB-M12PS/004-KL2E 6502903025 20 KIN-E50PS/008-KLSM8 6502990006 35
KIB-D04PÖ/0,8-KL2PU 6502799002 14 KIB-M12PS/004-KL2VE 6502903023 20 KIN-E60PÖ/008-KLSM8 6602799048 35
KIB-D04PS/0,8-KL2PU 6502999004 14 KIB-M12PS/004-KLS12E 6502943015 20 KIN-E68NÖ/007-KL6 6502156058 36
KIB-D06NS/1,5-KL2 6502399009 14 KIB-M18AÖ/005-L2 6503405001 22 KIN-E68PS/007-KL2 6502956076 36
KIB-D06PÖ/1,5-KL2 6502799011 14 KIB-M18AS/005-L2 6503505004 22 KIN-M08EA/002-2 6501601005 18
KIB-D06PS/1,5-K2VPU 6502999034 15 KIB-M18EA/005-2 6501626762 24 KIN-M08PS/002-KL2 6502916003 17
KIB-D06PS/1,5-KL2 6502999010 14 KIB-M18NÖ/005-KL2 6932105001 22 KIN-M08PS/002-KLSM8 6502942006 17
KIB-D06PS/1,5-KL5V 6602999460 15 KIB-M18NS/005-KLS12 6932305004 23 KIN-M08PS/002-KS12 6502942008 17
KIB-D06PS/1,5-KLSM8 6502999012 14 KIB-M18NS/005-KLS12U 6502305013 24 KIN-M12AÖ/004-L2 6503404001 20
KIB-E16PS/1,5-K2PU 6502985002 33 KIB-M18PÖ/005-KL2 6932705001 22 KIN-M12AS/004-L2 6503504001 20
KIB-E27NS/1,5-KL2PU 6502393001 33 KIB-M18PÖ/005-KLSD 6502705001 23 KIN-M12EA/004-2 6501625761 22
KIB-E27PS/1,5-KL2PU 6502993001 33 KIB-M18PÖ/005-KS12V 6502705007 23 KIN-M12NÖ/004-KL2 6932104001 20
KIB-E28PÖ/002-KL2 6502773002 33 KIB-M18PS/005-KL2 6932905001 22 KIN-M12NS/004-KL2 6932304001 20
KIB-E28PÖ/002-KLSM8 6502773001 33 KIB-M18PS/005-KL2PUT 6502905023 24 KIN-M12NS/004-KL2V 6502304007 21
KIB-E28PS/002-KL2 6502973001 33 KIB-M18PS/005-KL6V 6502905013 23 KIN-M12NS/004-KLS12 6932344001 21
KIB-E28PS/002-KLSM8 6502973002 33 KIB-M18PS/005-KLS12 6932905004 23 KIN-M12NS/004-KLS12U 6502344010 21
KIB-E40AÖ/002-L2 6503484003 34 KIB-M18PS/005-KLS12T 6502940006 24 KIN-M12NS/008-KLS12E 6602344458 22
KIB-E40AS/002-L2 6503584004 34 KIB-M18PS/005-KLS12U 6502905026 24 KIN-M12PÖ/004-KL2 6932704001 20
KIB-E40PÖ/002-KL2 6502784006 34 KIB-M18PS/005-KLSD 6602905662 23 KIN-M12PÖ/004-KLS12 6502744003 21
KIB-E40PS/002-KL2 6502984023 34 KIB-M18PS/005-KLSDV 6502940001 23 KIN-M12PS/004-KL2 6932904001 20
KIB-E40PS/002-KLSM8 6502984025 34 KIB-M18PS/005-KS12V 6502905012 23 KIN-M12PS/004-KL2F 6502904010 21
KIB-E50NS/005-KL2 6502390001 35 KIB-M18PS/008-KL2E 6502905022 25 KIN-M12PS/004-KL2V 6502904014 21
KIB-E50PS/005-KL2 6502990001 35 KIB-M18PS/008-KL2VE 6502905010 25 KIN-M12PS/004-KLS12 6932944001 21
KIB-E50PS/005-KLSM8 6502990005 35 KIB-M18PS/008-KLS12E 6502940005 25 KIN-M12PS/004-KLS12U 6502944015 21
KIB-M04PÖ/0,6-KL2PU 6502799008 15 KIB-M18PS/008-KS12V 6502906009 25 KIN-M12PS/004-KS12V 6502944006 21
KIB-M04PS/0,6-KL2PU 6502999020 15 KIB-M18PU/005-KSDV 6502840002 23 KIN-M12PS/008-KL2E 6502904021 22
KIB-M05EA/001-2 6501699008 15 KIB-M18PU/008-KSDVE 6602840128 25 KIN-M12PS/008-KLS12E 6502944013 22
KIB-M05NS/001-KL2PU 6502399003 15 KIB-M30AÖ/010-L2 6503407240 28 KIN-M12ZS/004-L2 6501304001 21
KIB-M05PÖ/001-KL2PU 6502799001 15 KIB-M30AÖ/010-LSD 6503435959 29 KIN-M18AÖ/008-L2 6503406001 25
KIB-M05PÖ/001-KLSM8 6502799019 15 KIB-M30AS/010-L2 6503507378 28 KIN-M18AS/008-L2 6503506002 25
KIB-M05PS/001-KL2PU 6502999003 15 KIB-M30AS/010-LSD 6503535960 29 KIN-M18EA/008-2 6501627763 27
KIB-M05PS/001-KLSM8 6502999018 15 KIB-M30EA/010-2 6501699012 30 KIN-M18NS/008-KL2 6932306001 25
KIB-M08EA/1,5-2 6501601003 17 KIB-M30PÖ/010-KL2V 6502707001 28 KIN-M18NS/008-KL2V 6502306004 26
KIB-M08NS/1,5-KL2 6932301001 16 KIB-M30PS/010-KL2 6932907001 28 KIN-M18NS/008-KLS12 6932306004 26
KIB-M08NS/1,5-KL2T 6502301006 17 KIB-M30PS/010-KL2PUT 6502907013 29 KIN-M18NS/008-KLS12U 6502306011 27
KIB-M08NS/1,5-KLSM8 6932342001 16 KIB-M30PS/010-KL2V 6502907003 28 KIN-M18PA/008-2 6502006001 27
KIB-M08PÖ/1,5-KL2 6502701001 16 KIB-M30PS/010-KLS12 6932907002 28 KIN-M18PA/008-S12 6602006111 27
KIB-M08PÖ/1,5-KLSM8 6502742001 16 KIB-M30PS/010-KLS12T 6502939006 29 KIN-M18PÖ/008-KL2 6932706001 25
KIB-M08PS/1,5-KL2 6932901001 16 KIB-M30PS/010-KLS12U 6502907014 29 KIN-M18PÖ/008-KL2V 6502706002 26
KIB-M08PS/1,5-KL2T 6502901008 17 KIB-M30PS/010-KLSD 6502939001 29 KIN-M18PÖ/008-KLS12 6932706002 26
KIB-M08PS/1,5-KL6 6502901004 16 KIB-N40PS/015-KLS12 6502988001 36 KIN-M18PÖ/008-KLSD 6502741001 27
KIB-M08PS/1,5-KLSM8 6932942001 16 KIB-Q08NS/1,5-K2 6502380001 32 KIN-M18PS/008-KL2 6932906001 25
KIB-M08PS/1,5-KLSM8T 6502942013 17 KIB-Q08PÖ/1,5-K2 6502780001 32 KIN-M18PS/008-KL2V 6502906006 26
KIB-M08PS/1,5-KS12 6502942007 16 KIB-Q08PÖ/1,5-KLSM8 6502780002 32 KIN-M18PS/008-KLS12 6932906004 26
KIB-M12AÖ/002-L2 6503403001 18 KIB-Q08PS/1,5-K2 6502980004 32 KIN-M18PS/008-KLS12U 6502906021 27
KIB-M12AS/002-L2 6503503001 18 KIB-Q08PS/1,5-K2T 6602980087 32 KIN-M18PS/008-KLSD 6502941001 27
KIB-M12EA/002-2 6501624760 19 KIB-Q08PS/1,5-KLSM8 6502980002 32 KIN-M18PS/016-KL2E 6502906018 28
KIB-M12NÖ/002-KL2V 6502103003 18 KIB-Q12NS/004-KLSM8E 6502399021 33 KIN-M18PS/016-KLS12E 6502941004 28
KIB-M12NS/002-KL2 6932303001 18 KIB-Q12PS/004-KL2E 6502999028 33 KIN-M18PU/008-KSD 6602841421 27
KIB-M12NS/002-KL2V 6502303007 18 KIB-Q12PS/004-KLSM8E 6502999030 33 KIN-M18ZS/008-L2 6501306001 26
KIB-M12NS/002-KLS12 6932343001 18 KIB-T18AS/005-L2 6503520697 23 KIN-M30AS/015-L2,5 6503508246 30
KIB-M12NS/002-KLS12U 6502343009 19 KIB-T18PS/005-KL2 6502920990 23 KIN-M30NS/015-KL2 6502308001 30
KIB-M12PÖ/002-KL2V 6502703005 18 KIB-T30PÖ/010-KL2 6502722708 29 KIN-M30NS/015-KLS12 6602308459 30
KIB-M12PÖ/002-KLS12 6602743112 18 KIB-T30PP/010-KLSD 6502822862 29 KIN-M30PA/015-2 6502008001 31
KIB-M12PÖ/002-KS12V 6502743005 19 KIN-E40AÖ/004-L2 6503484004 35 KIN-M30PS/015-KL2 6932908001 30
KIB-M12PS/002-KL2 6932903001 18 KIN-E40AS/004-L2 6503584005 35 KIN-M30PS/015-KL2 6502908002 30
KIB-M12PS/002-KL2F 6502903012 19 KIN-E40PÖ/004-KL2 6502784007 34 KIN-M30PS/015-KLS12 6932908002 30
KIB-M12PS/002-KL2T 6502903026 19 KIN-E40PÖ/004-KLSM8 6502784008 35 KIN-M30PS/015-KLS12U 6502908008 31
KIB-M12PS/002-KL2V 6502903016 18 KIN-E40PS/004-KL2 6502984024 34 KIN-M30PS/015-KLSD 6502935001 31
KIB-M12PS/002-KLS12 6932943001 18 KIN-E40PS/004-KLSM8 6502984026 35 KIN-M30PS/040-KL2E 6502908009 31
KIB-M12PS/002-KLS12U 6502943017 19 KIN-E50NS/008-KL2 6502390002 35 KIN-M30PU/015-KL2 6502808001 30

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 149

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Inductive Sensors (sort by type designation)

Type Art. No. Page

KIN-N40PP/015-KLSD 6502982001 36
KIN-N40PS/020-KLS12 6502982003 36
KIN-R34PÖ/020-KL2 6502715001 32
KIN-R34PP/020-KLSD 6502915001 32
KIN-R34PS/020-KL2 6502915002 32
KIN-T12PS/004-KL2 6502919001 21
KIN-T18AÖ/008-L2 6503421704 26
KIN-T18AS/008-L2 6503521705 26
KIN-T18PS/008-KL2 6502921975 26
KIN-T30AÖ/015-L2 6503423955 31
KIN-T30AS/015-L2,5 6503523956 31
KIN-T30PP/015-KLSD 6502836860 31
KIN-T30PS/015-KL2 6502923981 31
KIR-N40PS/000-KL6 6502999036 36

150 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Inductive Sensors (sort by article number)

Art. No. Type Page Art. No. Type Page Art. No. Type Page

6501304001 KIN-M12ZS/004-L2 21 6502903016 KIB-M12PS/002-KL2V 18 6502990005 KIB-E50PS/005-KLSM8 35

6501306001 KIN-M18ZS/008-L2 26 6502903023 KIB-M12PS/004-KL2VE 20 6502990006 KIN-E50PS/008-KLSM8 35
6501601003 KIB-M08EA/1,5-2 17 6502903025 KIB-M12PS/004-KL2E 20 6502993001 KIB-E27PS/1,5-KL2PU 33
6501601005 KIN-M08EA/002-2 18 6502903026 KIB-M12PS/002-KL2T 19 6502999003 KIB-M05PS/001-KL2PU 15
6501624760 KIB-M12EA/002-2 19 6502904010 KIN-M12PS/004-KL2F 21 6502999004 KIB-D04PS/0,8-KL2PU 14
6501625761 KIN-M12EA/004-2 22 6502904014 KIN-M12PS/004-KL2V 21 6502999010 KIB-D06PS/1,5-KL2 14
6501626762 KIB-M18EA/005-2 24 6502904021 KIN-M12PS/008-KL2E 22 6502999012 KIB-D06PS/1,5-KLSM8 14
6501627763 KIN-M18EA/008-2 27 6502905010 KIB-M18PS/008-KL2VE 25 6502999018 KIB-M05PS/001-KLSM8 15
6501699008 KIB-M05EA/001-2 15 6502905012 KIB-M18PS/005-KS12V 23 6502999019 KIB-D03PS/0,6-KL2PU 14
6501699012 KIB-M30EA/010-2 30 6502905013 KIB-M18PS/005-KL6V 23 6502999020 KIB-M04PS/0,6-KL2PU 15
6502006001 KIN-M18PA/008-2 27 6502905022 KIB-M18PS/008-KL2E 25 6502999028 KIB-Q12PS/004-KL2E 33
6502008001 KIN-M30PA/015-2 31 6502905023 KIB-M18PS/005-KL2PUT 24 6502999030 KIB-Q12PS/004-KLSM8E 33
6502103003 KIB-M12NÖ/002-KL2V 18 6502905026 KIB-M18PS/005-KLS12U 24 6502999034 KIB-D06PS/1,5-K2VPU 15
6502156058 KIN-E68NÖ/007-KL6 36 6502906006 KIN-M18PS/008-KL2V 26 6502999036 KIR-N40PS/000-KL6 36
6502301006 KIB-M08NS/1,5-KL2T 17 6502906009 KIB-M18PS/008-KS12V 25 6503403001 KIB-M12AÖ/002-L2 18
6502303007 KIB-M12NS/002-KL2V 18 6502906018 KIN-M18PS/016-KL2E 28 6503404001 KIN-M12AÖ/004-L2 20
6502304007 KIN-M12NS/004-KL2V 21 6502906021 KIN-M18PS/008-KLS12U 27 6503405001 KIB-M18AÖ/005-L2 22
6502305013 KIB-M18NS/005-KLS12U 24 6502907003 KIB-M30PS/010-KL2V 28 6503406001 KIN-M18AÖ/008-L2 25
6502306004 KIN-M18NS/008-KL2V 26 6502907013 KIB-M30PS/010-KL2PUT 29 6503407240 KIB-M30AÖ/010-L2 28
6502306011 KIN-M18NS/008-KLS12U 27 6502907014 KIB-M30PS/010-KLS12U 29 6503421704 KIN-T18AÖ/008-L2 26
6502308001 KIN-M30NS/015-KL2 30 6502908002 KIN-M30PS/015-KL2 30 6503423955 KIN-T30AÖ/015-L2 31
6502343009 KIB-M12NS/002-KLS12U 19 6502908008 KIN-M30PS/015-KLS12U 31 6503435959 KIB-M30AÖ/010-LSD 29
6502344010 KIN-M12NS/004-KLS12U 21 6502908009 KIN-M30PS/040-KL2E 31 6503484003 KIB-E40AÖ/002-L2 34
6502380001 KIB-Q08NS/1,5-K2 32 6502915001 KIN-R34PP/020-KLSD 32 6503484004 KIN-E40AÖ/004-L2 35
6502390001 KIB-E50NS/005-KL2 35 6502916003 KIN-M08PS/002-KL2 17 6503503001 KIB-M12AS/002-L2 18
6502390002 KIN-E50NS/008-KL2 35 6502919001 KIN-T12PS/004-KL2 21 6503504001 KIN-M12AS/004-L2 20
6502393001 KIB-E27NS/1,5-KL2PU 33 6502920990 KIB-T18PS/005-KL2 23 6503505004 KIB-M18AS/005-L2 22
6502399003 KIB-M05NS/001-KL2PU 15 6502921975 KIN-T18PS/008-KL2 26 6503506002 KIN-M18AS/008-L2 25
6502399004 KIB-D04NS/0,8-KL2PU 14 6502923981 KIN-T30PS/015-KL2 31 6503507378 KIB-M30AS/010-L2 28
6502399009 KIB-D06NS/1,5-KL2 14 6502935001 KIN-M30PS/015-KLSD 31 6503508246 KIN-M30AS/015-L2,5 30
6502399021 KIB-Q12NS/004-KLSM8E 33 6502939001 KIB-M30PS/010-KLSD 29 6503520697 KIB-T18AS/005-L2 23
6502701001 KIB-M08PÖ/1,5-KL2 16 6502939006 KIB-M30PS/010-KLS12T 29 6503521705 KIN-T18AS/008-L2 26
6502703005 KIB-M12PÖ/002-KL2V 18 6502940001 KIB-M18PS/005-KLSDV 23 6503523956 KIN-T30AS/015-L2,5 31
6502705001 KIB-M18PÖ/005-KLSD 23 6502940005 KIB-M18PS/008-KLS12E 25 6503535960 KIB-M30AS/010-LSD 29
6502705007 KIB-M18PÖ/005-KS12V 23 6502940006 KIB-M18PS/005-KLS12T 24 6503584004 KIB-E40AS/002-L2 34
6502706002 KIN-M18PÖ/008-KL2V 26 6502941001 KIN-M18PS/008-KLSD 27 6503584005 KIN-E40AS/004-L2 35
6502707001 KIB-M30PÖ/010-KL2V 28 6502941004 KIN-M18PS/016-KLS12E 28 6602006111 KIN-M18PA/008-S12 27
6502722708 KIB-T30PÖ/010-KL2 29 6502942006 KIN-M08PS/002-KLSM8 17 6602308459 KIN-M30NS/015-KLS12 30
6502741001 KIN-M18PÖ/008-KLSD 27 6502942007 KIB-M08PS/1,5-KS12 16 6602344458 KIN-M12NS/008-KLS12E 22
6502742001 KIB-M08PÖ/1,5-KLSM8 16 6502942008 KIN-M08PS/002-KS12 17 6602743112 KIB-M12PÖ/002-KLS12 18
6502743005 KIB-M12PÖ/002-KS12V 19 6502942013 KIB-M08PS/1,5-KLSM8T 17 6602799048 KIN-E60PÖ/008-KLSM8 35
6502744003 KIN-M12PÖ/004-KLS12 21 6502943006 KIB-M12PS/002-KS12V 19 6602840128 KIB-M18PU/008-KSDVE 25
6502773001 KIB-E28PÖ/002-KLSM8 33 6502943008 KIB-M12PS/002-KLSM8V 19 6602841421 KIN-M18PU/008-KSD 27
6502773002 KIB-E28PÖ/002-KL2 33 6502943015 KIB-M12PS/004-KLS12E 20 6602905662 KIB-M18PS/005-KLSD 23
6502780001 KIB-Q08PÖ/1,5-K2 32 6502943017 KIB-M12PS/002-KLS12U 19 6602980087 KIB-Q08PS/1,5-K2T 32
6502780002 KIB-Q08PÖ/1,5-KLSM8 32 6502944006 KIN-M12PS/004-KS12V 21 6602999460 KIB-D06PS/1,5-KL5V 15
6502784006 KIB-E40PÖ/002-KL2 34 6502944013 KIN-M12PS/008-KLS12E 22 6932104001 KIN-M12NÖ/004-KL2 20
6502784007 KIN-E40PÖ/004-KL2 34 6502944015 KIN-M12PS/004-KLS12U 21 6932105001 KIB-M18NÖ/005-KL2 22
6502784008 KIN-E40PÖ/004-KLSM8 35 6502956076 KIN-E68PS/007-KL2 36 6932301001 KIB-M08NS/1,5-KL2 16
6502790002 KIN-E50PÖ/008-KL2 35 6502973001 KIB-E28PS/002-KL2 33 6932303001 KIB-M12NS/002-KL2 18
6502799001 KIB-M05PÖ/001-KL2PU 15 6502973002 KIB-E28PS/002-KLSM8 33 6932304001 KIN-M12NS/004-KL2 20
6502799002 KIB-D04PÖ/0,8-KL2PU 14 6502980002 KIB-Q08PS/1,5-KLSM8 32 6932305004 KIB-M18NS/005-KLS12 23
6502799007 KIB-D03PÖ/0,6-KL2PU 14 6502980004 KIB-Q08PS/1,5-K2 32 6932306001 KIN-M18NS/008-KL2 25
6502799008 KIB-M04PÖ/0,6-KL2PU 15 6502982001 KIN-N40PP/015-KLSD 36 6932306004 KIN-M18NS/008-KLS12 26
6502799011 KIB-D06PÖ/1,5-KL2 14 6502982003 KIN-N40PS/020-KLS12 36 6932342001 KIB-M08NS/1,5-KLSM8 16
6502799019 KIB-M05PÖ/001-KLSM8 15 6502984023 KIB-E40PS/002-KL2 34 6932343001 KIB-M12NS/002-KLS12 18
6502808001 KIN-M30PU/015-KL2 30 6502984024 KIN-E40PS/004-KL2 34 6932344001 KIN-M12NS/004-KLS12 21
6502822862 KIB-T30PP/010-KLSD 29 6502984025 KIB-E40PS/002-KLSM8 34 6932704001 KIN-M12PÖ/004-KL2 20
6502836860 KIN-T30PP/015-KLSD 31 6502984026 KIN-E40PS/004-KLSM8 35 6932705001 KIB-M18PÖ/005-KL2 22
6502840002 KIB-M18PU/005-KSDV 23 6502985002 KIB-E16PS/1,5-K2PU 33 6932706001 KIN-M18PÖ/008-KL2 25
6502901004 KIB-M08PS/1,5-KL6 16 6502988001 KIB-N40PS/015-KLS12 36 6932706002 KIN-M18PÖ/008-KLS12 26
6502901008 KIB-M08PS/1,5-KL2T 17 6502990001 KIB-E50PS/005-KL2 35 6932901001 KIB-M08PS/1,5-KL2 16
6502903012 KIB-M12PS/002-KL2F 19 6502990003 KIN-E50PS/008-KL2 35 6932903001 KIB-M12PS/002-KL2 18

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 151

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Inductive Sensors (sort by article number)

Art. No. Type Page

6932904001 KIN-M12PS/004-KL2 20
6932905001 KIB-M18PS/005-KL2 22
6932905004 KIB-M18PS/005-KLS12 23
6932906001 KIN-M18PS/008-KL2 25
6932906004 KIN-M18PS/008-KLS12 26
6932907001 KIB-M30PS/010-KL2 28
6932907002 KIB-M30PS/010-KLS12 28
6932908001 KIN-M30PS/015-KL2 30
6932908002 KIN-M30PS/015-KLS12 30
6932942001 KIB-M08PS/1,5-KLSM8 16
6932943001 KIB-M12PS/002-KLS12 18
6932944001 KIN-M12PS/004-KLS12 21

152 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Capacitive Sensors

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 +

K C N - T 1 2 N S / 0 0 4 - K L P 2
Product group Type of enclosure Output Sensing distance Options

Product group Design examples Output

1 K Non-contact proximity switch 12 12 Thread M12 x 1 9 S NO contact

2 C Capacitive 18 34 Ø 34 mm (metal/plastic) Ö NC contact

3 B Flush mount 30 20 Ø 20 mm (plastic) P Programmable

N Non-flush mount 32 (Euro standard enclosure) A Analogue

4 - Dash (fixed) 34 Ø 34 mm (metal/plastic) U Antivalent (selectable)

Type of enclosure 20 Ø 20 mm (plastic) 10 / Slash (fixed)

Metric thread
5 M 22 Ø 22 mm (plastic) Sensing distance
(metal enclosure)

Metric thread
T 50 50 x 25 x 10 mm 11 – 13 e.g. 1.5 1.5 mm
(plastic enclosure)

D Round enclosure (metal) 68 68 x 30 x 15 mm e.g. 002 2.0 mm

41.5 x 41.5 x 120 mm

R Round enclosure (plastic) 44 e.g. 040 40 mm
(Euro standard enclosure)

Q Cuboid enclosure (metal) Output 14 - Dash (fixed)

P PG thread (metal) 8 p PNP Options

See type code “OPTIONS”

E Rectangular enclosure (plastic) N NPN 15 – 19
(0850174076)

Standard mounting
N A AC 2-wire
(to DIN 50025/50037)

6–7 Two-digit number for: E NAMUR

Round types = Ø as specified Z DC 2-wire

Threaded types
R Relay
= standard designation

Rectangular types
G Push-pull
= consecutive type numbers

Dual output stage

D
(NPN/PNP selectable)

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 153

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Capacitive Sensors (sort by type designation)

Type Art. No. Page

KCB-D34PS/020-KLPS12 6507915006 46
KCB-E50NS/008-KLP2 6507390001 47
KCB-E50PS/008-KLP2 6507990001 47
KCB-E68NS/010-KLP2 6507356001 47
KCB-E68PS/010-KLP2 6507956001 47
KCB-M12NS/002-KLP2 6507303001 42
KCB-M12PÖ/002-KLP2 6507703001 42
KCB-M12PS/002-KLP2 6507903001 42
KCB-M12PS/002-KLSM8 6507903004 42
KCB-M18NS/005-KLP2 6507305001 43
KCB-M18PS/005-KLP2 6507905001 43
KCB-M18PS/005-KLPSM8 6507905004 43
KCB-M30PÖ/010-KLP2 6507707001 44
KCB-M30PS/010-KLP2 6507907001 44
KCB-M30PS/010-KLPS12 6507907004 44
KCB-M32DP/015-KLP6 6507013013 45
KCB-M32DP/015-KLPS12 6507013015 45
KCB-M32GP/015-KLP2 6507013012 45
KCN-R20AÖ/015-LP2 6508410001 46
KCN-R20AS/015-LP2 6508510001 46
KCN-R20NS/015-KLP2 6507310002 46
KCN-R20NS/015-KLPSM8 6507310004 46
KCN-R20PS/015-KLP2 6507910001 46
KCN-R20PS/015-KLPSM8 6507910004 46
KCN-R34AÖ/030-LP2 6508415001 47
KCN-R34AS/030-LP2 6508515001 47
KCN-R34NS/030-KLP2 6507315001 46
KCN-R34PS/030-KLP2 6507915001 46
KCN-R34PS/030-KLPS12 6507915004 47
KCN-T12NS/004-KLP2 6507319001 42
KCN-T12PS/004-KLP2 6507919001 42
KCN-T12PS/004-KLSM8 6507919004 42
KCN-T12PS/006-KLP2E 6607919110 42
KCN-T18AÖ/008-LP2 6508421001 43
KCN-T18AS/008-LP2 6508521001 43
KCN-T18NS/008-KLP2 6507321723 43
KCN-T18PS/008-KLP2 6507921724 43
KCN-T18PS/008-KLPSM8 6507921002 43
KCN-T18PS/013-KLPS12V 6507921004 43
KCN-T18PU/008-KLP2V 6507821001 43
KCN-T30AÖ/020-LP2 6508423001 44
KCN-T30AS/020-LP2 6508523001 44
KCN-T30NS/020-KLP2 6507323001 44
KCN-T30NS/020-KLPS12 6507323004 44
KCN-T30PS/020-KLP2 6507923727 44
KCN-T30PS/020-KLPS12 6507923004 44
KCN-T30PS/020-KLPS12V 6507923006 44
KCN-T32DP/030-KLP2 6507013001 45
KCN-T32DP/030-KLPS12 6507013004 45
KCN-T32RU/030-LP2 6508613001 45

154 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Capacitive Sensors (sort by article number)

Art. No. Type Page

6507013001 KCN-T32DP/030-KLP2 45
6507013004 KCN-T32DP/030-KLPS12 45
6507013012 KCB-M32GP/015-KLP2 45
6507013013 KCB-M32DP/015-KLP6 45
6507013015 KCB-M32DP/015-KLPS12 45
6507303001 KCB-M12NS/002-KLP2 42
6507305001 KCB-M18NS/005-KLP2 43
6507310002 KCN-R20NS/015-KLP2 46
6507310004 KCN-R20NS/015-KLPSM8 46
6507315001 KCN-R34NS/030-KLP2 46
6507319001 KCN-T12NS/004-KLP2 42
6507321723 KCN-T18NS/008-KLP2 43
6507323001 KCN-T30NS/020-KLP2 44
6507323004 KCN-T30NS/020-KLPS12 44
6507356001 KCB-E68NS/010-KLP2 47
6507390001 KCB-E50NS/008-KLP2 47
6507703001 KCB-M12PÖ/002-KLP2 42
6507707001 KCB-M30PÖ/010-KLP2 44
6507821001 KCN-T18PU/008-KLP2V 43
6507903001 KCB-M12PS/002-KLP2 42
6507903004 KCB-M12PS/002-KLSM8 42
6507905001 KCB-M18PS/005-KLP2 43
6507905004 KCB-M18PS/005-KLPSM8 43
6507907001 KCB-M30PS/010-KLP2 44
6507907004 KCB-M30PS/010-KLPS12 44
6507910001 KCN-R20PS/015-KLP2 46
6507910004 KCN-R20PS/015-KLPSM8 46
6507915001 KCN-R34PS/030-KLP2 46
6507915004 KCN-R34PS/030-KLPS12 47
6507915006 KCB-D34PS/020-KLPS12 46
6507919001 KCN-T12PS/004-KLP2 42
6507919004 KCN-T12PS/004-KLSM8 42
6507921002 KCN-T18PS/008-KLPSM8 43
6507921004 KCN-T18PS/013-KLPS12V 43
6507921724 KCN-T18PS/008-KLP2 43
6507923004 KCN-T30PS/020-KLPS12 44
6507923006 KCN-T30PS/020-KLPS12V 44
6507923727 KCN-T30PS/020-KLP2 44
6507956001 KCB-E68PS/010-KLP2 47
6507990001 KCB-E50PS/008-KLP2 47
6508410001 KCN-R20AÖ/015-LP2 46
6508415001 KCN-R34AÖ/030-LP2 47
6508421001 KCN-T18AÖ/008-LP2 43
6508423001 KCN-T30AÖ/020-LP2 44
6508510001 KCN-R20AS/015-LP2 46
6508515001 KCN-R34AS/030-LP2 47
6508521001 KCN-T18AS/008-LP2 43
6508523001 KCN-T30AS/020-LP2 44
6508613001 KCN-T32RU/030-LP2 45
6607919110 KCN-T12PS/006-KLP2E 42

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 155

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Optoelectronic Sensors

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

O M 1 2 R T - D H T P - 0 2 0 0 - C L
Operating Type of Op-
Type of
Product group Enclosure size Output Sensing range connec- tions
principle voltage tion

Product group Output function Sensing range

1 O Optoelectronic sensor Antivalent The range and sensing distance are

9 A 13 – 16
(light and dark activated) always a 4-digit specification
2 M Metric brass enclosure - Millimetre values with no decimal point
D Dark activated - Metre values with decimal point
N Metric stainless steel enclosure
H Light activated e.g. 06.0 6m
T Metric thermoplastic enclosure
No output (transmitter e.g. 15.0 15 m
O
for through-beam sensors)
R Rectangular type e.g. 0500 500 mm
Programmable
P
Z Cylindrical type (light and dark activated) 17 - Dash (fixed)

X Customer-specific output
Enclosure size details Type of connection

Type of output
3–4 e.g. 12 M12 18 A Connection space

e.g. 18 M18 10 A Analogue output Self-configured cable

B
connector
e.g. 20 Type 20 N NAMUR
Cable type (standard
C
O No output C = 2 m or length in m)
Operating principle
Q Triac S Plug connector
Through-beam sensor assy
5–6 ES
(set) R Relay
Options
EE Receiver, through-beam sensor S Other
19 C Control input
Transmitter, through-beam T Transistor
SE
sensor
Y Thyristor LED for switching status
Fibre optic switching amplifier D
and operating reserve
LC (light barrier with fibre optic
cable connection) 11 N NPN transistor output
E Adjustable sensitivity
Diffuse-reflection sensor P PNP transistor output
RH
with background suppression I Electrically programmable
G Push-pull output stage
RS Retro-reflective sensor Operating reserve output
F
Transmitter, and LED
S
RT Diffuse –reflection sensor through-beam sensor
LED for switching status,
G operating voltage indicator
Convergent beam sensor, U PNP/NPN selectable and light path monitoring
FF
fixed focus
X Customer-specific output LED for indicating operating
H
Retro-reflective sensor, voltage and switching status
PS
polarised 2 2-wire output
L LED for switching status
7 - Dash (fixed) 3 Dash (fixed)
T Adjustable time stage
4 4-Leiter-Ausgang
Type of voltage
LED for indicating operating
V
12 - Trennstrich (festgelegt) voltage
8 A AC
W Radial optical system
D DC
X Customer-specific option
M Multi-voltage
Z Inbuilt time stage
P Programmable (AC or DC)

156 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Optoelectronic Sensors (sort by type designation)

Type Art. No. Page Type Art. No. Page Type Art. No. Page

OM12EE-DDTP-06.0-CL 6551728001 51 OR15RT-DHTP-0040-SL 6557950006 63 OT18RT-DPTN-0300-SLE 6557218005 54

OM12RT-DDTP-0060-CL 6557728001 50 OR20EE-DPTP-20.0-ALET 6551886003 66 OT18RT-DPTN-0500-CLE 6557219006 55
OM12RT-DHTP-0060-CL 6557928002 50 OR20EE-MAR5-20.0-ALET 6551686004 66 OT18RT-DPTN-0500-SLE 6557218006 55
OM12RT-DHTP-0060-S 6557927001 50 OR20EE-MAR5-20.0-ALET 6551686003 66 OT18RT-DPTP-0080-CLW 6557819010 52
OM12RT-DHTP-0200-CL 6557928004 50 OR20PS-DPTP-06.0-ALET 6555886001 65 OT18RT-DPTP-0080-SLW 6557818010 52
OM12RT-DHTP-0200-CLE 6557928003 50 OR20PS-MAR5-06.0-ALET 6555686002 65 OT18RT-DPTP-0100-CL 6557819008 52
OM12RT-DHTP-0200-SL 6557927004 51 OR20RH-MAR5-0400-ALET 6558686002 64 OT18RT-DPTP-0100-CL 6557819004 53
OM18EE-DPTP-08.0-CL 6551817001 58 OR20RS-DPTP-08.0-ALET 6554886001 65 OT18RT-DPTP-0100-SL 6557818008 52
OM18EE-DPTP-08.0-SL 6551816001 58 OR20RS-MAR5-08.0-ALET 6554686002 66 OT18RT-DPTP-0100-SL 6557818002 53
OM18ES-DPTP-08.0-SL 6551816101 58 OR20RT-DPTP-01.5-ALET 6557886003 65 OT18RT-DPTP-0300-CELW 6557819009 54
OM18FF-DPTP-0040-CL 6558817001 51 OR20RT-DPTP-0600-ALET 6557886001 64 OT18RT-DPTP-0300-CLE 6557819005 54
OM18FF-DPTP-0040-SL 6558816001 51 OR20RT-MAR5-01.5-ALET 6557686004 65 OT18RT-DPTP-0300-SELW 6557818009 55
OM18PS-DPTN-02.5-SLE 6555216001 56 OR20RT-MAR5-0600-ALET 6557686001 65 OT18RT-DPTP-0300-SLE 6557818003 54
OM18PS-DPTP-02.5-CLE 6555817001 56 OR20SE-DOOS-20.0-AV 6551086003 66 OT18RT-DPTP-0400-CEL 6557819007 55
OM18PS-DPTP-02.5-SLE 6555816001 56 OR20SE-MOOS-20.0-AV 6551086002 66 OT18RT-DPTP-0400-SEL 6557818007 55
OM18PS-DPTP-0800-CLE 6555817002 56 OR20SE-MOOS-20.0-AV 6551086001 66 OT18RT-DPTP-0500-CLE 6557819006 55
OM18RH-DHTP-0120-SDE 6558916001 53 OR50EE-DATP-20.0-CEG 6551866001 64 OT18RT-DPTP-0500-SLE 6557818006 55
OM18RH-DHTP-0120-SDEW 6558916002 53 OR50EE-DATP-20.0-SEG 6551865001 64 OT18SE-DOOS-08.0-CCV 6551019001 58
OM18RS-DPTP-03.0-SL 6554816001 58 OR50PS-DATP-08.0-CDE 6555866001 64 OT18SE-DOOS-08.0-SCV 6551018001 59
OM18RT-DPAP-0200-SE 6557016002 53 OR50PS-DATP-08.0-SDE 6555865001 64 OT18SE-DOOS-15.0-CCVW 6551019004 59
OM18RT-DPTN-0100-SL 6557216001 53 OR50RH-DATP-0200-CDE 6558866001 63 OT18SE-DOOS-15.0-SCVW 6551018003 59
OM18RT-DPTN-0300-SLE 6557216003 54 OR50RH-DATP-0200-SDE 6558865001 63 OT18SE-DOOS-18.0-CCV 6551019003 59
OM18RT-DPTN-0500-CLE 6557217003 55 OR50RT-DATP-01.0-CDE 6557866001 63 OT18SE-DOOS-18.0-SCV 6551018002 59
OM18RT-DPTN-0500-SLE 6557216004 55 OR50RT-DATP-01.0-SDE 6557865001 63 OT30RT-DDAP-0500-CE 6557005006 59
OM18RT-DPTP-0100-CL 6557817002 53 OR50RT-DATP-02.0-CDE 6557866002 63 OT30RT-DHTP-0200-6LE 6557905008 59
OM18RT-DPTP-0100-SL 6557816001 53 OR50RT-DATP-02.0-SDE 6557865002 63 OZ20RT-DPAP-0200-SE 6557000002 67
OM18RT-DPTP-0300-CLE 6557817003 54 OR50SE-DOOS-20.0-CCV 6551066001 64 OZ20RT-DPAP-0200-SE 6557000001 67
OM18RT-DPTP-0300-SLE 6557816002 54 OR50SE-DOOS-20.0-SCV 6551065001 64 OZ20RT-DPTP-0500-CLE 6557800005 67
OM18RT-DPTP-0500-CLE 6557817004 55 OT12EE-DDTP-06.0-S 6551729001 51 OZ20RT-DPTP-0500-SLE 6557800006 67
OM18RT-DPTP-0500-SLE 6557816006 55 OT12PE-DHTP-0000-C 6550930001 66
ON18EE-DPTP-08.0-SL 6551821001 58 OT12RT-DHTP-0060-CL 6557930002 50
ON18PS-DPTP-02.5-SLE 6555821001 56 OT12RT-DHTP-0060-S 6557929002 50
ON18RT-DPTN-0500-CLE 6557222003 55 OT12RT-DHTP-0200-CL 6557930001 51
ON18RT-DPTP-0300-SLE 6557821002 54 OT12RT-DHTP-0200-S 6557929001 51
ON18SE-DOOS-08.0-SCV 6551021001 58 OT12SE-DOOS-06.0-CL 6551028001 51
OR05EE-DATP-12.0-3DE 6551875003 62 OT12SE-DOOS-06.0-S 6551029001 51
OR05EE-DATP-12.0-SDE 6551875004 62 OT18EE-DPRP-15.0-CLW 6551819004 59
OR05PS-DATP-04.0-3DE 6555875001 62 OT18EE-DPTP-08.0-CL 6551819001 58
OR05PS-DHTP-04.0-3LFE 6555975002 62 OT18EE-DPTP-08.0-SL 6551818001 59
OR05PS-DHTP-04.0-SLFE 6555975001 62 OT18EE-DPTP-15.0-SLW 6551818003 59
OR05RT-DATP-01.2-3DE 6557875003 61 OT18EE-DPTP-18.0-CL 6551819003 59
OR05RT-DHTP-01.2-3LFE 6557975004 61 OT18EE-DPTP-18.0-SL 6551818002 59
OR05RT-DHTP-01.2-SLFE 6557975003 62 OT18ES-DPTP-08.0-SL 6551818101 59
OR05SE-DOOS-12.0-3C 6551075003 62 OT18FF-DPTP-0040-CL 6558819001 52
OR05SE-DOOS-12.O-SC 6551075004 62 OT18FF-DPTP-0040-SL 6558818002 52
OR12EE-DDTN-06.0-SL 6551155001 60 OT18PS-DPTN-02.5-CLE 6555219001 57
OR12EE-DDTP-01.0-SL 6551755002 60 OT18PS-DPTN-0800-SLE 6555218002 56
OR12EE-DDTP-01.0-SLE 6551755004 60 OT18PS-DPTP-02.5-CELW 6555819006 57
OR12EE-DDTP-06.0-SL 6551755001 60 OT18PS-DPTP-02.5-CLE 6555819003 57
OR12EE-DDTP-06.0-SLE 6551755003 60 OT18PS-DPTP-02.5-SELW 6555818004 57
OR12EE-DHTN-06.0-SL 6551355001 60 OT18PS-DPTP-02.5-SLE 6555818001 57
OR12EE-DHTP-01.0-SL 6551955002 60 OT18PS-DPTP-03.0-CEL 6555819005 57
OR12EE-DHTP-06.0-SL 6551955001 60 OT18PS-DPTP-03.0-SEL 6555818003 57
OR12EE-DHTP-10.0-SL 6551955005 60 OT18PS-DPTP-0800-CLE 6555819004 56
OR12FF-DHTP-0050-SL 6558955001 61 OT18PS-DPTP-0800-SLE 6555818002 56
OR12RS-DDTP-04.0-SL 6554755001 61 OT18RS-DPTN-03.0-CL 6554219002 57
OR12RS-DHTP-04.0-SL 6554955001 61 OT18RS-DPTN-03.0-SL 6554218001 57
OR12RT-DDTP-01.2-SLE 6557755002 61 OT18RS-DPTP-03.0-CL 6554819003 57
OR12RT-DDTP-0200-SLE 6557755001 61 OT18RS-DPTP-03.0-SL 6554818001 57
OR12RT-DHTP-01.2-SLE 6557955002 61 OT18RT-DATN-0200-CEL 6557219002 53
OR12RT-DHTP-0200-SLE 6557955001 61 OT18RT-DATP-0200-CEL 6557819001 53
OR12SE-DOOS-01.0-SVC 6551055003 60 OT18RT-DPTN-0100-CL 6557219004 53
OR12SE-DOOS-06.0-SVC 6551055002 60 OT18RT-DPTN-0300-CLE 6557219005 54

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 157

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Optoelectronic Sensors (sort by article number)

Art. No. Type Page Art. No. Type Page Art. No. Type Page

6551018001 OT18SE-DOOS-08.0-SCV 59 6555818001 OT18PS-DPTP-02.5-SLE 57 6557875003 OR05RT-DATP-01.2-3DE 61

6551018002 OT18SE-DOOS-18.0-SCV 59 6555818002 OT18PS-DPTP-0800-SLE 56 6557886001 OR20RT-DPTP-0600-ALET 64
6551018003 OT18SE-DOOS-15.0-SCVW 59 6555818003 OT18PS-DPTP-03.0-SEL 57 6557886003 OR20RT-DPTP-01.5-ALET 65
6551019001 OT18SE-DOOS-08.0-CCV 58 6555818004 OT18PS-DPTP-02.5-SELW 57 6557905008 OT30RT-DHTP-0200-6LE 59
6551019003 OT18SE-DOOS-18.0-CCV 59 6555819003 OT18PS-DPTP-02.5-CLE 57 6557927001 OM12RT-DHTP-0060-S 50
6551019004 OT18SE-DOOS-15.0-CCVW 59 6555819004 OT18PS-DPTP-0800-CLE 56 6557927004 OM12RT-DHTP-0200-SL 51
6551021001 ON18SE-DOOS-08.0-SCV 58 6555819005 OT18PS-DPTP-03.0-CEL 57 6557928002 OM12RT-DHTP-0060-CL 50
6551028001 OT12SE-DOOS-06.0-CL 51 6555819006 OT18PS-DPTP-02.5-CELW 57 6557928003 OM12RT-DHTP-0200-CLE 50
6551029001 OT12SE-DOOS-06.0-S 51 6555821001 ON18PS-DPTP-02.5-SLE 56 6557928004 OM12RT-DHTP-0200-CL 50
6551055002 OR12SE-DOOS-06.0-SVC 60 6555865001 OR50PS-DATP-08.0-SDE 64 6557929001 OT12RT-DHTP-0200-S 51
6551055003 OR12SE-DOOS-01.0-SVC 60 6555866001 OR50PS-DATP-08.0-CDE 64 6557929002 OT12RT-DHTP-0060-S 50
6551065001 OR50SE-DOOS-20.0-SCV 64 6555875001 OR05PS-DATP-04.0-3DE 62 6557930001 OT12RT-DHTP-0200-CL 51
6551066001 OR50SE-DOOS-20.0-CCV 64 6555886001 OR20PS-DPTP-06.0-ALET 65 6557930002 OT12RT-DHTP-0060-CL 50
6551075003 OR05SE-DOOS-12.0-3C 62 6555975001 OR05PS-DHTP-04.0-SLFE 62 6557950006 OR15RT-DHTP-0040-SL 63
6551075004 OR05SE-DOOS-12.O-SC 62 6555975002 OR05PS-DHTP-04.0-3LFE 62 6557955001 OR12RT-DHTP-0200-SLE 61
6551086001 OR20SE-MOOS-20.0-AV 66 6557000001 OZ20RT-DPAP-0200-SE 67 6557955002 OR12RT-DHTP-01.2-SLE 61
6551086002 OR20SE-MOOS-20.0-AV 66 6557000002 OZ20RT-DPAP-0200-SE 67 6557975003 OR05RT-DHTP-01.2-SLFE 62
6551086003 OR20SE-DOOS-20.0-AV 66 6557005006 OT30RT-DDAP-0500-CE 59 6557975004 OR05RT-DHTP-01.2-3LFE 61
6551155001 OR12EE-DDTN-06.0-SL 60 6557016002 OM18RT-DPAP-0200-SE 53 6558686002 OR20RH-MAR5-0400-ALET 64
6551355001 OR12EE-DHTN-06.0-SL 60 6557216001 OM18RT-DPTN-0100-SL 53 6558816001 OM18FF-DPTP-0040-SL 51
6551686003 OR20EE-MAR5-20.0-ALET 66 6557216003 OM18RT-DPTN-0300-SLE 54 6558817001 OM18FF-DPTP-0040-CL 51
6551686004 OR20EE-MAR5-20.0-ALET 66 6557216004 OM18RT-DPTN-0500-SLE 55 6558818002 OT18FF-DPTP-0040-SL 52
6551728001 OM12EE-DDTP-06.0-CL 51 6557217003 OM18RT-DPTN-0500-CLE 55 6558819001 OT18FF-DPTP-0040-CL 52
6551729001 OT12EE-DDTP-06.0-S 51 6557218005 OT18RT-DPTN-0300-SLE 54 6558865001 OR50RH-DATP-0200-SDE 63
6551755001 OR12EE-DDTP-06.0-SL 60 6557218006 OT18RT-DPTN-0500-SLE 55 6558866001 OR50RH-DATP-0200-CDE 63
6551755002 OR12EE-DDTP-01.0-SL 60 6557219002 OT18RT-DATN-0200-CEL 53 6558916001 OM18RH-DHTP-0120-SDE 53
6551755003 OR12EE-DDTP-06.0-SLE 60 6557219004 OT18RT-DPTN-0100-CL 53 6558916002 OM18RH-DHTP-0120-SDEW 53
6551755004 OR12EE-DDTP-01.0-SLE 60 6557219005 OT18RT-DPTN-0300-CLE 54 6558955001 OR12FF-DHTP-0050-SL 61
6551816001 OM18EE-DPTP-08.0-SL 58 6557219006 OT18RT-DPTN-0500-CLE 55
6551816101 OM18ES-DPTP-08.0-SL 58 6557222003 ON18RT-DPTN-0500-CLE 55
6551817001 OM18EE-DPTP-08.0-CL 58 6557686001 OR20RT-MAR5-0600-ALET 65
6551818001 OT18EE-DPTP-08.0-SL 59 6557686004 OR20RT-MAR5-01.5-ALET 65
6551818002 OT18EE-DPTP-18.0-SL 59 6557728001 OM12RT-DDTP-0060-CL 50
6551818003 OT18EE-DPTP-15.0-SLW 59 6557755001 OR12RT-DDTP-0200-SLE 61
6551818101 OT18ES-DPTP-08.0-SL 59 6557755002 OR12RT-DDTP-01.2-SLE 61
6551819001 OT18EE-DPTP-08.0-CL 58 6557800005 OZ20RT-DPTP-0500-CLE 67
6551819003 OT18EE-DPTP-18.0-CL 59 6557800006 OZ20RT-DPTP-0500-SLE 67
6551819004 OT18EE-DPRP-15.0-CLW 59 6557816001 OM18RT-DPTP-0100-SL 53
6551821001 ON18EE-DPTP-08.0-SL 58 6557816002 OM18RT-DPTP-0300-SLE 54
6551865001 OR50EE-DATP-20.0-SEG 64 6557816006 OM18RT-DPTP-0500-SLE 55
6551866001 OR50EE-DATP-20.0-CEG 64 6557817002 OM18RT-DPTP-0100-CL 53
6551875003 OR05EE-DATP-12.0-3DE 62 6557817003 OM18RT-DPTP-0300-CLE 54
6551875004 OR05EE-DATP-12.0-SDE 62 6557817004 OM18RT-DPTP-0500-CLE 55
6551886003 OR20EE-DPTP-20.0-ALET 66 6557818002 OT18RT-DPTP-0100-SL 53
6551955001 OR12EE-DHTP-06.0-SL 60 6557818003 OT18RT-DPTP-0300-SLE 54
6551955002 OR12EE-DHTP-01.0-SL 60 6557818006 OT18RT-DPTP-0500-SLE 55
6551955005 OR12EE-DHTP-10.0-SL 60 6557818007 OT18RT-DPTP-0400-SEL 55
6554218001 OT18RS-DPTN-03.0-SL 57 6557818008 OT18RT-DPTP-0100-SL 52
6554219002 OT18RS-DPTN-03.0-CL 57 6557818009 OT18RT-DPTP-0300-SELW 55
6554686002 OR20RS-MAR5-08.0-ALET 66 6557818010 OT18RT-DPTP-0080-SLW 52
6554755001 OR12RS-DDTP-04.0-SL 61 6557819001 OT18RT-DATP-0200-CEL 53
6554816001 OM18RS-DPTP-03.0-SL 58 6557819004 OT18RT-DPTP-0100-CL 53
6554818001 OT18RS-DPTP-03.0-SL 57 6557819005 OT18RT-DPTP-0300-CLE 54
6554819003 OT18RS-DPTP-03.0-CL 57 6557819006 OT18RT-DPTP-0500-CLE 55
6554886001 OR20RS-DPTP-08.0-ALET 65 6557819007 OT18RT-DPTP-0400-CEL 55
6554955001 OR12RS-DHTP-04.0-SL 61 6557819008 OT18RT-DPTP-0100-CL 52
6555216001 OM18PS-DPTN-02.5-SLE 56 6557819009 OT18RT-DPTP-0300-CELW 54
6555218002 OT18PS-DPTN-0800-SLE 56 6557819010 OT18RT-DPTP-0080-CLW 52
6555219001 OT18PS-DPTN-02.5-CLE 57 6557821002 ON18RT-DPTP-0300-SLE 54
6555686002 OR20PS-MAR5-06.0-ALET 65 6557865001 OR50RT-DATP-01.0-SDE 63
6555816001 OM18PS-DPTP-02.5-SLE 56 6557865002 OR50RT-DATP-02.0-SDE 63
6555817001 OM18PS-DPTP-02.5-CLE 56 6557866001 OR50RT-DATP-01.0-CDE 63
6555817002 OM18PS-DPTP-0800-CLE 56 6557866002 OR50RT-DATP-02.0-CDE 63

158 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Magnetic Switches

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

M A K - 0 1 1 2 - D - 1 - S O K
Product group Type Contact specifications Cable length Special features

8 Contact function TRIAC

Product group
1 NC contact 24 - 250 VDC ; 1.5 A
1 M Magnetic switch K a. 300 VA
2 NO contact b. 330 VA
2 Type of output
3 Changeover contact Hall
A Reed contact
4 Bistable (ON/OFF) 11 - Dash (fixed)
R Relay
5 Bistable (changeover contact)
Cable length in metres
3 Enclosure material
NC, NO contact;
6
A Aluminium separate contacts 12 e.g. 1 1 m cable

N Stainless steel 7 Coded, BG e.g. 2 2 m cable

M Brass, nickel-plated 8 Currently not used ... etc.

K Plastic, general 9 Currently not used 13 - Dash (fixed)

O Other materials 0 Other outputs

Special features
4 - Dash (fixed) 9 - Dash (fixed)
Temperature resistant from
14 – 17 T
10 Contact type/power of reed contacts -40 °C to +150 °C
Type
A 250 VDC ; 0.5 A; 20 VA SI With miniature fuse
Cylindrical and rectangular
5–6 01 – 99 types (see next page for details) B 250 VDC ; 0.5 A; 10 VA VDR With VDR

C 250 VDC ; 0.5 A; 30 VA WID With resistor

Contact specifications
D 250 VDC ; 0.5 A; 30 VA LED With LED
7 Number of contacts
E 250 VDC ; 1.5 A; 30 VA SPK Spiral cable
e.g. 1 1 Reed contact
F 250 VDC ; 3.0 A; 100 VA SK Special cable
e.g. 2 2 Reed contacts
G 250 VDC ; 5.0 A; 250 VA Connector type without head
SOK
... etc. (without device socket)
H 250 VDC ; 1.0 A; 60 VA
Connector type with head
SMK
K 250 VDC ; 0.5 A; 30 VA (with device socket)

L 250 VDC ; 1.0 A; 60 VA PG11 Type of thread

M 250 VDC ; 1.0 A; 80 VA RZ Time delay with relay

N 250 VDC ; 1.0 A; 60 VA 220 V 220 Volt version

O 120 VDC ; 0.5 A; 10 VA 24 V 24 Volt version

P 250 VDC ; 5.0 A; 250 VA

R 28 VDC ; 0.25 A; 3 VA

W 250 VDC ; 1.0 A; 60 VA

X 100 VDC ; 0.25 A; 5 VA

Y 100 VDC ; 0.5 A; 10 VA

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 159

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Magnetic Switches

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

M A K - 0 1 1 2 - D - 1 - S O K
Product group Type Contact specifications Cable length Special features

Type

Cylindrical and 36 Ø 13 x 96 mm [MA-36] PA

5–6 01 – 99
rectangular types
37-39 Currently not used
01 45 x 13 x 9 mm [MA-01] PA
40 M10 x 1 x 40 mm [MA-40] PPE
02 80 x 20 x 15 mm [MA-02] PA/AL
41 50 x 31 x 11 mm [MA-41] PA
03 110 x 58 x 29 mm [MA-03] AL
42 88 x 25 x 13 mm [MA-42] PA
04 Ø 15.5 x 87 mm [MA-04] PC
43 PG9 x 80 mm [MA-43] Ms
05 Currently not used
44 80 x 30 x 15 mm [MA-44] PA
06 Ø 12 x 81 mm [MA-06] AL
45 45 x 25.5 x 9 mm [MA-45] PA
07 – 10 Currently not used
46 Ø 6.5 x 39.34 mm [MA-46] PA
11 28.6 x 18 x 6.4 mm [MA-11] PA
47 Currently not used
12 80 x 20 x 15 mm [MA-12] PA
48 80 x 30 x 15 mm [MA-48] PA
13 68 x 30 x 15 mm [MA-13] PC
49-51 Currently not used
14 Currently not used
52 43 x 26 x 13 mm [MA-52] PBT
15 Ø 12 x 81 mm [MA-15] PA
53 M30 x 1.5 mm [MA-53] PA
16 Ø 12 x 81 mm [MA-13] VA
54 Currently not used
17 PG9 x 60 mm [MA-17] PA
55 12 x 12 x 55 mm [MA-55] S
18 M12 x 1 x 60 mm [MA-18] Ms
56-59 Currently not used
19 M18 x 1 x 80 mm [MA-19] Ms
60 M8 x 1 mm [MA-60] S
20 Currently not used
61 M10 x 1 mm [MA-61] S
21 PG9 x 80 mm [MA-21] PA
62 M12 x 1 mm [MA-62] S
22 Currently not used
63 M18 x 1 mm [MA-63] S
23 M12 x 1 x 80 mm [MA-23] Ms
64 M30 x 1.5 mm [MA-64] S
24/25 Currently not used
65-69 Currently not used
26 Ø 12 x 81 mm [MA-26] PA
70 Ø 6.5 mm [MA-70] S
27 Currently not used
71/72 Currently not used
28 M12 x 1 x 60 mm [MA-28] PA
73 68 x 30 x 15 mm [MA-73] S
29 M18 x 1 x 80 mm [MA-29] PA
74-79 Currently not used
30 Ø 6 x 30 mm [MA-30] PA
80 8 x 8 x 40 mm [MA-80] S
31 Currently not used
81-98 Currently not used
32 85 x 26 x 26 mm [MA-32] PBT
99 other [MA-99] S
33 M12 x 1 x 80 mm [MA-33] PA

34/35 Currently not used

160 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Magnetic Switch Monitoring Devices

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

M Ü Z - 1 0 2 / U 2 4 - F L - 2 S - E 2 0 - H G
Numb. of
Number
Product group magnetic Voltage Special features
switches of relays

Product group Voltage Special features

1 M Magnetic limit switch, general 9 A AC 13 – 24 FL Flat design

2 Ü Monitoring D DC 2S NO contact signal (to outside)

C Controller U UC E20 20 transducer units, externally

3 Z Control station 1 Mains voltage HG Hall sensor

S Interface 2 Mains voltage VC Voltage control

N Power supply unit 10 – 11 24 24 Volt PRT Print version

The following applies when there is a “1“

4 - Dash (fixed) DA Data output
in the 9th position:

Number of connectable magnetic switches 10 110 Volt

Special features are separated by a dash
with no specific position assignment.
5 1 1 unit 20 120 Volt

2 2 units 30 130 Volt

The following applies when there is a “2“

... etc.
in the 9th position:

Number of relays 10 210 Volt

6–7 01 1 unit 20 220 Volt

02 2 units 30 230 Volt

03 Constant current source

04 4 units

... etc.

8 / Slash (fixed)

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 161

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Magnetic Switches/Slot sensors with reed contact (sort by type designation)

Type Art. No. Page Type Art. No. Page

MAA-0213-LT-1 6316302389 78 MAM-1811-2 6310118626 75

MAA-0213-STK 6310302636 78 MAM-1812-B-1 6311218294 74
MAA-0214-FT-3 6314402566 77 MAM-1813-L-1 6316318002 74
MAA-0312-F 6314203232 79 MAM-2312-F-1 6314223268 74
MAA-0313-M 6317303312 79 MAM-3114-2-LED 6310431569 75
MAA-0314-P 6319403532 79 MAM-4313-L-2 6316343544 75
MAA-0612-D-1 6312206321 72 MAN-0812-B-1 6311208596 74
MAA-0612-F-1 6314206246 72 MAN-0813-STK 6310308595 74
MAA-0612-NT-4 6410206399 73 MAN-0813-Y-1 6310308597 74
MAA-0613-K-1 6315306314 72 MAN-1612-F-3 6314216476 72
MAA-0613-L-1 6316306248 73 MAN-1612-FT-8 6314216585 72
MAA-0613-LT-1 6316306004 73 MAN-1613-L-1 6316316259 72
MAA-0613-M-1 6317306315 72
MAA-0614-P-1 6310406554 73
MAA-9912-0,3/S 6310299661 93
MAA-9912-2 6310299660 93
MAK-0112-B-2 6311201095 76
MAK-0212-D-1 6312202316 77
MAK-0212-F-1 6314202204 77
MAK-0213-K-1 6315302309 76
MAK-0213-L-1 6316302206 77
MAK-0214-P-3 6419402397 77
MAK-0413-M-S 6317304313 74
MAK-1112-B-1 6311211541 76
MAK-1113-1 6310311615 75
MAK-1113-1,5 6410311368 75
MAK-1114-B-5 6311411603 76
MAK-1212-F-1 6314212217 77
MAK-1213-K-1 6315312196 76
MAK-1213-L-1 6316312220 77
MAK-1214-L-2 6410412143 77
MAK-1313-L-1 6316313004 76
MAK-1713-K-1 6315317001 75
MAK-2612-F-1 6314226423 72
MAK-2613-K-1 6315326425 73
MAK-2613-L-1 6316326426 73
MAK-2812-L-3 6416228260 74
MAK-3012-B-1 6311230571 72
MAK-3013-X-1 6310330572 72
MAK-3214-F-3 6314432609 78
MAK-3214-P-1 6310432598 78
MAK-3214-P-STK4.8 6310432590 78
MAK-3312-F-2 6314233002 74
MAK-3313-L-1 6316333005 74
MAK-3314-P-2 6410433350 75
MAK-3611-P-1 6310136616 73
MAK-3615-L-1 6310536617 73
MAK-4212-F-1 6314242533 78
MAK-4213-M-1 6317342535 78
MAK-4214-P-1 6310442534 79
MAK-4214-P-3 6310442622 79
MAK-4411-F-1 6314144542 78
MAK-4412-F-1 6314244536 78
MAK-4413-M-1 6317344538 78
MAK-4414-P-1 6310444537 78
MAK-4512-B-1 6311245539 76
MAK-4513-L-1 6316345540 76
MAK-4612-A-2 6310246500 72
MAK-8112-0,3/S 6310281657 93
MAK-8112-0,3/S 6310281659 93
MAK-8112-2 6310281656 93
MAK-8112-2 6310281658 93
MAK-9912-STK 6310299652 76

162 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Magnetic Switches/Slot sensors with reed contact (sort by article number)

Art. No. Type Page Art. No. Type Page

6310118626 MAM-1811-2 75 6317303312 MAA-0313-M 79

6310136616 MAK-3611-P-1 73 6317304313 MAK-0413-M-S 74
6310246500 MAK-4612-A-2 72 6317306315 MAA-0613-M-1 72
6310281656 MAK-8112-2 93 6317342535 MAK-4213-M-1 78
6310281657 MAK-8112-0,3/S 93 6317344538 MAK-4413-M-1 78
6310281658 MAK-8112-2 93 6319403532 MAA-0314-P 79
6310281659 MAK-8112-0,3/S 93 6410206399 MAA-0612-NT-4 73
6310299652 MAK-9912-STK 76 6410311368 MAK-1113-1,5 75
6310299660 MAA-9912-2 93 6410412143 MAK-1214-L-2 77
6310299661 MAA-9912-0,3/S 93 6410433350 MAK-3314-P-2 75
6310302636 MAA-0213-STK 78 6416228260 MAK-2812-L-3 74
6310308595 MAN-0813-STK 74 6419402397 MAK-0214-P-3 77
6310308597 MAN-0813-Y-1 74
6310311615 MAK-1113-1 75
6310330572 MAK-3013-X-1 72
6310406554 MAA-0614-P-1 73
6310431569 MAM-3114-2-LED 75
6310432590 MAK-3214-P-STK4.8 78
6310432598 MAK-3214-P-1 78
6310442534 MAK-4214-P-1 79
6310442622 MAK-4214-P-3 79
6310444537 MAK-4414-P-1 78
6310536617 MAK-3615-L-1 73
6311201095 MAK-0112-B-2 76
6311208596 MAN-0812-B-1 74
6311211541 MAK-1112-B-1 76
6311218294 MAM-1812-B-1 74
6311230571 MAK-3012-B-1 72
6311245539 MAK-4512-B-1 76
6311411603 MAK-1114-B-5 76
6312202316 MAK-0212-D-1 77
6312206321 MAA-0612-D-1 72
6314144542 MAK-4411-F-1 78
6314202204 MAK-0212-F-1 77
6314203232 MAA-0312-F 79
6314206246 MAA-0612-F-1 72
6314212217 MAK-1212-F-1 77
6314216476 MAN-1612-F-3 72
6314216585 MAN-1612-FT-8 72
6314223268 MAM-2312-F-1 74
6314226423 MAK-2612-F-1 72
6314233002 MAK-3312-F-2 74
6314242533 MAK-4212-F-1 78
6314244536 MAK-4412-F-1 78
6314402566 MAA-0214-FT-3 77
6314432609 MAK-3214-F-3 78
6315302309 MAK-0213-K-1 76
6315306314 MAA-0613-K-1 72
6315312196 MAK-1213-K-1 76
6315317001 MAK-1713-K-1 75
6315326425 MAK-2613-K-1 73
6316302206 MAK-0213-L-1 77
6316302389 MAA-0213-LT-1 78
6316306004 MAA-0613-LT-1 73
6316306248 MAA-0613-L-1 73
6316312220 MAK-1213-L-1 77
6316313004 MAK-1313-L-1 76
6316316259 MAN-1613-L-1 72
6316318002 MAM-1813-L-1 74
6316326426 MAK-2613-L-1 73
6316333005 MAK-3313-L-1 74
6316343544 MAM-4313-L-2 75
6316345540 MAK-4513-L-1 76

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 163

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Magnetic Switches/Slot sensors with reed contact

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

M E K - M 1 2 P S / H 1 0 - K L 2
Product group Type of enclosure Output Sensitivity Options

Product group Output

1 M Magnetic sensor 8 P PNP

2 E Electronic N NPN

3 K Plastic 9 S NO contact

M Brass Ö NC contact

N Stainless steel B Bistable

4 - Dash (fixed) A Analogue

Type of enclosure D Speed

5 M Metric thread 10 / Slash (fixed)

D Round enclosure Sensitivity

E Rectangular enclosure 11 H Hall

Q Cuboid enclosure M Magnetoresistive

6–7 Two-digit number for: 12 – 13 Sensitivity in mT

Metric enclosure
z. B. 10 10 mT
= standard designation

Round enclosure
z. B. 01 1 mT
= Ø as specified

Rectangular enclosure
14 - Dash (fixed)
= enclosure width

Cuboid enclosure
Options
= edge length

See type code “OPTIONS”

15
(0850174076)

164 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Magnetic Switches/Slot sensors with reed contact (sort by type designation)

Type Art. No. Page Type Art. No. Page

MEA-E30PS/HP-KL0,3S 6370299143 91 MEM-M12PÖ/M01-KL2 6373162096 84

MEA-E30PS/HP-KL2 6370299136 91 MEM-M12PS/H10-KL10 6472262077 84
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 6370281110 91 MEM-M12PS/H10-KL2 6372262090 84
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 6370281145 91 MEM-M12PS/M01-KL2 6373262094 84
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 6372281147 92 MEM-M12PS/M01-KL5 6373262123 84
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 6372281149 92 MEM-M18NB/H11-K2 6363863037 85
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 6372299151 92 MEM-M18NS/H10-K2 6362663006 85
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S-EX 6370281153 91 MEM-M18PB/H11-KL2 6373463128 85
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 6370281109 91 MEM-M18PD/H-KL2 6379263122 86
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 6370281144 91 MEM-M18PÖ/H10-KL2 6372163100 85
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 6372281146 92 MEM-M18PÖ/M01-KL2 6373163104 86
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 6372281148 92 MEM-M18PS/H10-KL2 6372263098 85
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 6372299150 92 MEM-M18PS/M01-KL2 6373263102 86
MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2-EX 6370281152 91 MEM-Q05PS/M03-K2 6373299134 86
MEK-E27NB/H02-K2 6363893031 87 MEM-Q08NB/H11-K2 6363880043 87
MEK-E27NB/H11-K2 6363893041 87 MEM-Q08NS/H10-K2 6362680012 87
MEK-E27NS/H10-K2 6362693010 87 MEM-Q08PS/M02-K2 6373280106 87
MEK-E29NB/H11-K2 6363811039 87 MEM-Q12NB/H11-K2 6363855044 87
MEK-E29NS/H10-K2 6362611008 87 MEM-Q12NS/H10-K2 6362655013 87
MEK-E45NB/H11-K2 6363845040 88 MEM-Q12PB/H11-KL2 6373455131 87
MEK-E45NS/H10-K2 6362645009 88 MEM-Q12PÖ/H10-KL2 6372155084 87
MEK-E45PB/H11-KL2 6373445129 88 MEM-Q12PS/H10-KL2 6372255083 87
MEK-E45PÖ/H10-KL2 6372145080 88 MEN-D04PS/M03-K2 6373299132 82
MEK-E45PS/H10-KL2 6372245079 88 MEN-D06NB/H11-K2 6363870032 82
MEK-E50NB/H11-K2 6363890042 88 MEN-D06NS/H10-K2 6362670001 82
MEK-E50NS/H10-K2 6362690011 88 MEN-D06PS/M02-K2 6373270105 82
MEK-E50PB/H11-KL2 6373490130 88
MEK-E50PÖ/H10-KL2 6372190082 88
MEK-E50PS/H10-KL2 6372290081 88
MEK-M12NB/H11-K2 6363862036 83
MEK-M12ND/H-K2 6369662027 85
MEK-M12NS/H10-K2 6362662005 83
MEK-M12PB/H11-KL2 6373462125 84
MEK-M12PD/H-KL2 6379262119 85
MEK-M12PÖ/H10-KL2 6372162091 84
MEK-M12PÖ/M01-KL2 6373162095 84
MEK-M12PS/H10-KL2 6372262089 84
MEK-M12PS/M01-KL2 6373262093 84
MEK-M18NB/H11-K2 6363863038 85
MEK-M18NS/H10-K2 6362663007 85
MEK-M18PB/H11-KL2 6373463127 85
MEK-M18PD/H-KL2 6379263121 86
MEK-M18PÖ/H10-KL2 6372163099 85
MEK-M18PÖ/M01-KL2 6373163103 86
MEK-M18PS/H10-KL2 6372263097 85
MEK-M18PS/M01-KL2 6373263101 86
MEM-M05PS/M03-K2 6373299133 82
MEM-M08NB/H11-K2 6363860033 83
MEM-M08NS/H10-K2 6362660002 83
MEM-M08PS/M02-K2 6373260107 83
MEM-M10NB/H11-K2 6363861034 83
MEM-M10NS/H10-K2 6362661003 83
MEM-M10PB/H11-KL2 6373461124 83
MEM-M10PÖ/H10-KL2 6372161086 83
MEM-M10PÖ/M01-KL2 6373161088 83
MEM-M10PS/H10-KL2 6372261085 83
MEM-M10PS/M01-KL2 6373261087 83
MEM-M12NB/H11-K2 6363862035 83
MEM-M12ND/H-K2 6369662028 85
MEM-M12NS/H10-K2 6362662004 83
MEM-M12PB/H11-KL2 6373462126 84
MEM-M12PD/H-KL2 6379262120 85
MEM-M12PÖ/H10-KL2 6372162092 84

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 165

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Magnetic Switches/Slot sensors with reed contact (sort by article number)

Art. No. Type Page Art. No. Type Page

6362611008 MEK-E29NS/H10-K2 87 6373163104 MEM-M18PÖ/M01-KL2 86

6362645009 MEK-E45NS/H10-K2 88 6373260107 MEM-M08PS/M02-K2 83
6362655013 MEM-Q12NS/H10-K2 87 6373261087 MEM-M10PS/M01-KL2 83
6362660002 MEM-M08NS/H10-K2 83 6373262093 MEK-M12PS/M01-KL2 84
6362661003 MEM-M10NS/H10-K2 83 6373262094 MEM-M12PS/M01-KL2 84
6362662004 MEM-M12NS/H10-K2 83 6373262123 MEM-M12PS/M01-KL5 84
6362662005 MEK-M12NS/H10-K2 83 6373263101 MEK-M18PS/M01-KL2 86
6362663006 MEM-M18NS/H10-K2 85 6373263102 MEM-M18PS/M01-KL2 86
6362663007 MEK-M18NS/H10-K2 85 6373270105 MEN-D06PS/M02-K2 82
6362670001 MEN-D06NS/H10-K2 82 6373280106 MEM-Q08PS/M02-K2 87
6362680012 MEM-Q08NS/H10-K2 87 6373299132 MEN-D04PS/M03-K2 82
6362690011 MEK-E50NS/H10-K2 88 6373299133 MEM-M05PS/M03-K2 82
6362693010 MEK-E27NS/H10-K2 87 6373299134 MEM-Q05PS/M03-K2 86
6363811039 MEK-E29NB/H11-K2 87 6373445129 MEK-E45PB/H11-KL2 88
6363845040 MEK-E45NB/H11-K2 88 6373455131 MEM-Q12PB/H11-KL2 87
6363855044 MEM-Q12NB/H11-K2 87 6373461124 MEM-M10PB/H11-KL2 83
6363860033 MEM-M08NB/H11-K2 83 6373462125 MEK-M12PB/H11-KL2 84
6363861034 MEM-M10NB/H11-K2 83 6373462126 MEM-M12PB/H11-KL2 84
6363862035 MEM-M12NB/H11-K2 83 6373463127 MEK-M18PB/H11-KL2 85
6363862036 MEK-M12NB/H11-K2 83 6373463128 MEM-M18PB/H11-KL2 85
6363863037 MEM-M18NB/H11-K2 85 6373490130 MEK-E50PB/H11-KL2 88
6363863038 MEK-M18NB/H11-K2 85 6379262119 MEK-M12PD/H-KL2 85
6363870032 MEN-D06NB/H11-K2 82 6379262120 MEM-M12PD/H-KL2 85
6363880043 MEM-Q08NB/H11-K2 87 6379263121 MEK-M18PD/H-KL2 86
6363890042 MEK-E50NB/H11-K2 88 6379263122 MEM-M18PD/H-KL2 86
6363893031 MEK-E27NB/H02-K2 87 6472262077 MEM-M12PS/H10-KL10 84
6363893041 MEK-E27NB/H11-K2 87
6369662027 MEK-M12ND/H-K2 85
6369662028 MEM-M12ND/H-K2 85
6370281109 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 91
6370281110 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 91
6370281144 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 91
6370281145 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 91
6370281152 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2-EX 91
6370281153 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S-EX 91
6370299136 MEA-E30PS/HP-KL2 91
6370299143 MEA-E30PS/HP-KL0,3S 91
6372145080 MEK-E45PÖ/H10-KL2 88
6372155084 MEM-Q12PÖ/H10-KL2 87
6372161086 MEM-M10PÖ/H10-KL2 83
6372162091 MEK-M12PÖ/H10-KL2 84
6372162092 MEM-M12PÖ/H10-KL2 84
6372163099 MEK-M18PÖ/H10-KL2 85
6372163100 MEM-M18PÖ/H10-KL2 85
6372190082 MEK-E50PÖ/H10-KL2 88
6372245079 MEK-E45PS/H10-KL2 88
6372255083 MEM-Q12PS/H10-KL2 87
6372261085 MEM-M10PS/H10-KL2 83
6372262089 MEK-M12PS/H10-KL2 84
6372262090 MEM-M12PS/H10-KL2 84
6372263097 MEK-M18PS/H10-KL2 85
6372263098 MEM-M18PS/H10-KL2 85
6372281146 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 92
6372281147 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 92
6372281148 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 92
6372281149 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 92
6372290081 MEK-E50PS/H10-KL2 88
6372299150 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL2 92
6372299151 MEK-E22PS/HP-KL0,3S 92
6373161088 MEM-M10PÖ/M01-KL2 83
6373162095 MEK-M12PÖ/M01-KL2 84
6373162096 MEM-M12PÖ/M01-KL2 84
6373163103 MEK-M18PÖ/M01-KL2 86

166 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Ultrasonic Sensors

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

U T 1 8 I - D P E 0 - 0 6 . 0 - C 3 I
Instal- Type of
Type of connec- Teach- Inter- Options
Product group Enclosure size lation/ Output Range
voltage in face
use tion

Product group Digital output Type of connection

Cable type (standard C = 2 m

1 Ultrasonic sensor 8 0 None 17 C or length in m)

2 T Thermoplastic enclosure P PNP S Connector (M12, 5-pin)

N Stainless steel enclosure N NPN V Connector (M8, 4-pin)

Enclosure size details 9 0 None B Connector (M16, 8-pin)

Electrically programmable
3–4 e.g. 12 M12 (stainless steel) E Teach-in method
NC/NO

e.g. 15 M30 (stainless steel) ... etc. 18 0 None

e.g. 18 M18 (stainless steel) Analogue output 1 Button

e.g. 30 M30 (plastic) 10 0 None 2 Serial interface

e.g. 25 30 x 25 x 11 (plastic) I Current – analogue 3 Contact

e.g. 80 80 x 80 x 43 (plastic) U Voltage – analogue ... etc.

e.g. 36 101 x 36 x 22 (plastic) 11 - Dash (fixed) Serial interface

Installation/use Range 19 0 None

5 I Internal transductor 12 – 15 The range and sensing distance 1 RS232

are always a 4-digit specification

True scan transmitter - Millimetre values with no decimal point

S - Metre values with decimal point 2 RS485
and receiver

6 - Dash (fixed) e.g. 06.0 6m 3 I/O link

Type of voltage e.g. 15.0 15 m 4 CANopen

7 A AC e.g. 0500 500 mm ... etc.

D DC 12-30 V 16 - Dash (fixed) Options

20 on-
e.g. Preset switching points
wards

... etc.

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 167

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Ultrasonic Sensors (sort by type designation)

Type Art. No. Page

UN12I-DNE0-0200-S30 6712201001 100

UN12I-DPE0-0200-S30 6712101001 100
UT18I-D00I-01.6-C30 6711302002 101
UT18I-D00I-01.6-S30 6712302002 101
UT18I-D00I-02.0-C30 6711302001 102
UT18I-D00I-02.0-S30 6712302001 103
UT18I-D00I-0400-C30 6711302005 100
UT18I-D00I-0400-S30 6712302005 100
UT18I-D00I-0500-C30 6711302004 101
UT18I-D00I-0500-S30 6712302004 101
UT18I-D00I-0800-C30 6711302003 102
UT18I-D00I-0800-S30 6712302003 102
UT18I-D00U-01.6-C30 6711402002 101
UT18I-D00U-01.6-S30 6712402002 101
UT18I-D00U-02.0-C30 6711402001 102
UT18I-D00U-02.0-S30 6712402001 103
UT18I-D00U-0400-C30 6711402005 100
UT18I-D00U-0400-S30 6712402005 100
UT18I-D00U-0500-C30 6711402004 101
UT18I-D00U-0500-S30 6712402004 101
UT18I-D00U-0800-C30 6711402003 102
UT18I-D00U-0800-S30 6712402003 102
UT18I-DNE0-01.6-C30 6711202002 101
UT18I-DNE0-01.6-S30 6712202002 101
UT18I-DNE0-02.0-C30 6711202001 102
UT18I-DNE0-02.0-S30 6712202001 103
UT18I-DNE0-0400-C30 6711202005 100
UT18I-DNE0-0400-S30 6712202005 100
UT18I-DNE0-0500-C30 6711202004 101
UT18I-DNE0-0500-S30 6712202004 101
UT18I-DNE0-0800-C30 6711202003 102
UT18I-DNE0-0800-S30 6712202003 102
UT18I-DPE0-01.6-C30 6711102002 101
UT18I-DPE0-01.6-S30 6712102002 101
UT18I-DPE0-02.0-C30 6711102001 102
UT18I-DPE0-02.0-S30 6712102001 103
UT18I-DPE0-0400-C30 6711102005 100
UT18I-DPE0-0400-S30 6712102005 100
UT18I-DPE0-0500-C30 6711102004 101
UT18I-DPE0-0500-S30 6712102004 101
UT18I-DPE0-0800-C30 6711102003 102
UT18I-DPE0-0800-S30 6712102003 102
UT25I-D00U-0250-V30 6713411001 104
UT25I-DNE0-0250-V30 6713211001 104
UT25I-DPE0-0250-V30 6713111001 104
UT30I-D00I-03.5-C30 6711303001 103
UT30I-D00I-03.5-S30 6712303001 103
UT30I-D00U-03.5-C30 6711403001 103
UT30I-D00U-03.5-S30 6712403001 103
UT30I-DNE0-03.5-C30 6711203001 103
UT30I-DNE0-03.5-S30 6712203001 103
UT30I-DPE0-03.5-C30 6711103001 103
UT30I-DPE0-03.5-S30 6712103001 103
UT80I-D00I-06.0-S30 6712312001 104
UT80I-D00U-06.0-S30 6712412001 104
UT80I-DNE0-06.0-S30 6712212001 104
UT80I-DPE0-06.0-S30 6712112001 104

168 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Ultrasonic Sensors (sort by article number)

Art. No. Type Page

6711102001 UT18I-DPE0-02.0-C30 102

6711102002 UT18I-DPE0-01.6-C30 101
6711102003 UT18I-DPE0-0800-C30 102
6711102004 UT18I-DPE0-0500-C30 101
6711102005 UT18I-DPE0-0400-C30 100
6711103001 UT30I-DPE0-03.5-C30 103
6711202001 UT18I-DNE0-02.0-C30 102
6711202002 UT18I-DNE0-01.6-C30 101
6711202003 UT18I-DNE0-0800-C30 102
6711202004 UT18I-DNE0-0500-C30 101
6711202005 UT18I-DNE0-0400-C30 100
6711203001 UT30I-DNE0-03.5-C30 103
6711302001 UT18I-D00I-02.0-C30 102
6711302002 UT18I-D00I-01.6-C30 101
6711302003 UT18I-D00I-0800-C30 102
6711302004 UT18I-D00I-0500-C30 101
6711302005 UT18I-D00I-0400-C30 100
6711303001 UT30I-D00I-03.5-C30 103
6711402001 UT18I-D00U-02.0-C30 102
6711402002 UT18I-D00U-01.6-C30 101
6711402003 UT18I-D00U-0800-C30 102
6711402004 UT18I-D00U-0500-C30 101
6711402005 UT18I-D00U-0400-C30 100
6711403001 UT30I-D00U-03.5-C30 103
6712101001 UN12I-DPE0-0200-S30 100
6712102001 UT18I-DPE0-02.0-S30 103
6712102002 UT18I-DPE0-01.6-S30 101
6712102003 UT18I-DPE0-0800-S30 102
6712102004 UT18I-DPE0-0500-S30 101
6712102005 UT18I-DPE0-0400-S30 100
6712103001 UT30I-DPE0-03.5-S30 103
6712112001 UT80I-DPE0-06.0-S30 104
6712201001 UN12I-DNE0-0200-S30 100
6712202001 UT18I-DNE0-02.0-S30 103
6712202002 UT18I-DNE0-01.6-S30 101
6712202003 UT18I-DNE0-0800-S30 102
6712202004 UT18I-DNE0-0500-S30 101
6712202005 UT18I-DNE0-0400-S30 100
6712203001 UT30I-DNE0-03.5-S30 103
6712212001 UT80I-DNE0-06.0-S30 104
6712302001 UT18I-D00I-02.0-S30 103
6712302002 UT18I-D00I-01.6-S30 101
6712302003 UT18I-D00I-0800-S30 102
6712302004 UT18I-D00I-0500-S30 101
6712302005 UT18I-D00I-0400-S30 100
6712303001 UT30I-D00I-03.5-S30 103
6712312001 UT80I-D00I-06.0-S30 104
6712402001 UT18I-D00U-02.0-S30 103
6712402002 UT18I-D00U-01.6-S30 101
6712402003 UT18I-D00U-0800-S30 102
6712402004 UT18I-D00U-0500-S30 101
6712402005 UT18I-D00U-0400-S30 100
6712403001 UT30I-D00U-03.5-S30 103
6712412001 UT80I-D00U-06.0-S30 104
6713111001 UT25I-DPE0-0250-V30 104
6713211001 UT25I-DNE0-0250-V30 104
6713411001 UT25I-D00U-0250-V30 104

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 169

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Float Switches, Standard Range

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

M A A - 7 1 3 K S S 1 0 0 0
Immersion Number of Contact Swit- Con-
Product group tube/float General design switching function ching nection Range Switch length in mm
combination points power head

S Flange enclosure rd. 78

Product group General design
PC flange rd. 75 connector
T DIN 43650
1 M Magnetic switch 5 7 Float switch
PC oval flange connector
TO DIN 43650
2 Type of output
Number of switching points
FL120 Flange enclosure rd. 120
A Reed contact
6 1 1 switching point Flange DN65 with
DN50 enclosure 80 x 80
I Triac
2 2 switching points Flange DN65 with
DN65 enclosure 80 x 80
Immersion tube/float combination Tank cable gland R1.5“
... etc. R1,5 with enclosure 80 x 80
3 Immersion tube material 1.4571 Tank cable gland R2“
R2 with enclosure 80 x 80
Contact function
A Cylindrical float rd. 40 x 27 POM Elbow immersion tube
7 1 NC contact
V Cylindrical float rd. 42 x 44 PVC C Half cable gland G3/8”
2 NO contact
T Cylindrical float rd. 30 x 44 PP H Cable gland PG9
3 Changeover contact
R Cylindrical float rd. 30 x 44 NBR E Degussa plastic enclosure
Mixed configuration
4 (NC, NO, CO) Aluminium enclosure
Cylindrical float G
N DIN 43729
rd. 45 x 47 1.4571 8 Space (fixed)
PVC screw connection R2“
L connector DIN 43650
E Ball float rd. 52 1.4571
Switching power PVC screw connection R1.5“
M connector Amphenol
B Ball float rd. 62 1.4571
9 B 250 V; 0.5 A; 10 VA PVC screw connection R2“
P connector Amphenol
G Ball float rd. 84 1.4571
F 250 V; 3.0 A; 100 VA PVC screw connection R1.5“
I connector DIN 43650
Immersion tube material brass MS63
K 250 V; 0.5 A; 30 VA B Flange enclosure rd. 78
M Cylindrical float rd. 40 x 27 POM
L 250 V; 1.0 A; 60 VA PC flange rd. 75 connector
W DIN 43650
L Cylindrical float rd. 42 x 44 PVC
P 250 V; 5.0 A; 250 VA PC oval flange connector
TW DIN 43650
C Cylindrical float rd. 30 x 44 PP
X 100 V; 0.25 A; 5 VA WFL120 Flange enclosure rd. 120
S Cylindrical float rd. 30 x 44 NBR
Flange DN50 with
WDN50
Connection head enclosure 80 x 80
Cylindrical float
P Flange DN65 with
rd. 45 x 47 1.4571 WDN65
enclosure 80 x 80
10 Straight immersion tube
F Ball float rd. 52 1.4571
Range
A Half cable gland G3/8”
O Ball float rd. 62 1.4571
V Cable gland PG9 11 S Standard range
H Ball float rd. 84 1.4571
D Degussa plastic enclosure 12 Space (fixed)
Immersion tube material PVC
F Aluminium enclosure DIN 43729
Switch length in mm
K Cylindrical float rd. 40 x 27 POM
PVC screw connection R2“
K connector DIN 43650
D Cylindrical float rd. 42 x 44 PVC 13 Switch length – X
PVC screw connection R1.5“
N connector Amphenol
I Cylindrical float rd. 30 x 44 PP
PVC screw connection R2“
O connector Amphenol
U Cylindrical float rd. 30 x 44 NBR
PVC screw connection R1,5“
R connector DIN 43650
4 - Dash (fixed)

170 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Adjustable Float Switches

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

M A N - V S T - R 2, 0 / 0 2 5 0
Immersion
Product group tube/float Type Connection head Switch length in mm
combination

Product group Type

1–2 MA Magnetic switch, reed contact 5–7 VST Adjustable

Immersion tube/float combination 8 - Dash (fixed)

3 Immersion tube material 1.4571 Connection head

Cylindrical float Tank cable gland R2“

N 9 – 11 R2,0
rd. 52 x 55 1.4571 with enclosure 80 x 80

Cylindrical float Tank cable gland R1.5“

V R1,5
rd. 52 x 55 PVC with enclosure 80 x 80

Flange DN50 with

Immersion tube material brass MS63 FL165
enclosure 80 x 80

Cylindrical float Flange DN65 with

P FL185
rd. 52 x 55 1.4571 enclosure 80 x 80

Cylindrical float
L FL120 Flange enclosure rd. 120
rd. 52 x 55 PVC

Flange enclosure rd. 120

Immersion tube material brass MS63 FLS120
with protective tube

Cylindrical float
D 12 / Slash (fixed)
rd. 52 x 55 PVC

4 - Dash (fixed) Switch length in mm

13 Switch length – X

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 171

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Miniature Float Switches

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

MS K1 - PVC - R1/8 - OSO 0 3 5 0

Position and number of
Immersion tube
Range Float Connection head switching points, with Switch length in mm
material switching function

Range Immersion tube material 7 - Dash (fixed)

Position and number of switching points,

1 MS Miniature float switches PVDF Polyvinyl idenfluoride with switching function

Float PTFE Polytetrafluoroethylene 8 Switching function

2 K1 rd. 25 x 20, PP PA Polyamide O NC contact

K2 rd. 25 x 20, PVC 5 - Dash (fixed) S NO contact

K3 rd. 20 x 20, NBR Connection head U Changeover contact

K4 rd. 23 x 25, NBR 6 R1/8 Screw connection R1/8“ Position and number

3 swit- e.g. NC/NO/NC

K5 rd. 23 x 32, NBR R1/4 Screw connection R1/4“ ching = top/middle/bottom
points
2 swit- e.g.
K6 rd. 17,5 x 25, NBR R3/8 Screw connection R3/8“ ching CO/NO = top/bottom
points
1 swit- e.g.
K7 rd. 25 x 20, PVDF R1 Screw connection R1“ ching NC = bottom
point

K8 rd. 25 x 20, PTFE R1,5 Screw connection R1,5“ 9 Space

N1 rd. 30, 1.4571 PG7 Screw connection PG7 Switch length in mm

KS Pivoted float PG9 Screw connection PG9 10 Switch length – X

3 - Dash (fixed) M12X1 Screw connection M12x1

Immersion tube material M24X1 Screw connection M24x1

4 NI Stainless steel 1.4571 F40 Flange, rd. 40

MS Brass MS63 FL75 Flange, rd. 75

PVC Polyvinyl chloride FL36 Flange, 36 x 36 with cable

PP Polypropylene FL36ST Flange, 36 x 36 with connector

POM Polyacetal TO Oval flange

OV No connection head

172 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Options

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

K L 2 E V P S N T F Z I D G

1 K Short circuit-proof 8 N Stainless steel enclosure

2 L LED 9 T Extended temperature range

3 2 Cable length in m 10 F Extended switching frequency

Extended sensing distance

4 E 11 Z Time-delayed
(sn large)

5 V Shortened type 12 I Programmable (intelligent)

6 P Potentiometer 13 D ATEX products, dust Ex

7 S Device connector (terminals) 14 G ATEX products, gas Ex

PU PUR cable

Connector to DIN 43650

SD
(including socket)

SM Mini snap-in device connector

M8 device connector with

S8
union nut

Mini snap-in/M8 screw-on

S12
device connector

M12 device connector with

SM8
union nut, AC version

M16 device connector with

S12A
union nut and dust cap

M12 Ultra-Lock device

S16S connector

S12U M5 x 0.5 device connector

S5 Screw connection with cable

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 173

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Cable Connectors

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

W D K - M 1 2 P S / L L 2 - 2 P U
Cable
Device specifications Type of connection Classification LEDs Options
length

Device specifications Classification LEDs

Configuration for switch

1 Cable output 8 12 L Integrated LED
output

W Elbow P PNP (LED to negative) O Without LED

G Straight N N = NPN (LED to positive) 13 Number of LEDs

2 Product group U Universal (no LED) 0 No LED

AC
D Socket A 1 1 LED
(M12 special coding Pin 1 + 2)

Pin assignments of cable

Connector (the sensor connec- 9 2 2 LEDs etc.
sockets for switch output
tions should always be used as
S the basis for connecting lines
with different outputs) S NO contact 14 - Dash (fixed)
1-3-4 for M12
1-3-2 for Mini
Adapter
A 1-2 for M12 AC Cable length
(socket and connector)

NC contact
3 Preassembly Ö 15 In m (moulded cable)
1-3-2 for M12

Antivalent
K Fixed cable A Options
1 - 3 - 4 - 2 for M12

Connection space, NAMUR

A N 16 – 17 PU Polyurethane cable
self-configurable 1-3 for M12

V Connecting line (extension) U More than 4 connections HF Highly flexible cable

4 - Dash (fixed) T Teach-in function SD Connector/socket

Type of connection 10 / Slash (fixed) BD Socket both ends

(Immer auf Dose/Stecker

5–7 Manufacturer R Vibration safeguard
bezogen)

M12 Union nut M12 x 1 11 Internal information Without PVC cable

M08 Union nut M8 x 1

Round snap-in connection

R06
Ø 6.5 mm

Round snap-in connection,

R12
Ultra-Lock M12

M05 M5 x 0.5 screw-on connection

174 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Cable Connectors (sort by type designation)

Type Art. No. Page

GDA-M12UA/LO 4139100102 143

GDK-M08US/WO0-10 4139100797 142
GDK-M08US/WO0-2 4139100795 142
GDK-M08US/WO0-5 4139100796 142
GDK-M12US/WO0-10 4139100803 142
GDK-M12US/WO0-2 4139100801 142
GDK-M12US/WO0-5 4139100802 142
GDK-M12UU/HO-2PU 4139100956 143
GDK-R06US/SO0-2,5PU 4139100219 141
GDK-R06US/SO0-5PU 4139100220 141
GDK-R12US/WO0-2 4139100899 143
WDA-M12UA/LO 4139100101 143
WDK-M08PS/LL2-2 4139100213 142
WDK-M08PS/LL2-5 4139100216 142
WDK-M08US/WO0-10 4139100800 142
WDK-M08US/WO0-2 4139100798 142
WDK-M08US/WO0-5 4139100799 142
WDK-M12PA/SL2-10PU 4139100254 142
WDK-M12PA/SL2-2PU 4139100244 142
WDK-M12PA/SL2-5PU 4139100245 142
WDK-M12PS/LL2-2 4139100553 143
WDK-M12PS/LL2-6 4139100554 143
WDK-M12UA/WO0-10 4139100467 142
WDK-M12UA/WO0-5 4139100903 142
WDK-M12US/WO0-10 4139100805 142
WDK-M12US/WO0-2 4139100804 142
WDK-M12US/WO0-5 4139100468 142
WDK-R06US/SO0-2,5PU 4139100221 141
WDK-R06US/SO0-5PU 4139100222 141
WDK-R12US/WO0-2 4139100906 143

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 175

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Type Code

Cable Connectors (sort by article number)

Art. No. Type Page

4139100101 WDA-M12UA/LO 143

4139100102 GDA-M12UA/LO 143
4139100213 WDK-M08PS/LL2-2 142
4139100216 WDK-M08PS/LL2-5 142
4139100219 GDK-R06US/SO0-2,5PU 141
4139100220 GDK-R06US/SO0-5PU 141
4139100221 WDK-R06US/SO0-2,5PU 141
4139100222 WDK-R06US/SO0-5PU 141
4139100244 WDK-M12PA/SL2-2PU 142
4139100245 WDK-M12PA/SL2-5PU 142
4139100254 WDK-M12PA/SL2-10PU 142
4139100467 WDK-M12UA/WO0-10 142
4139100468 WDK-M12US/WO0-5 142
4139100553 WDK-M12PS/LL2-2 143
4139100554 WDK-M12PS/LL2-6 143
4139100795 GDK-M08US/WO0-2 142
4139100796 GDK-M08US/WO0-5 142
4139100797 GDK-M08US/WO0-10 142
4139100798 WDK-M08US/WO0-2 142
4139100799 WDK-M08US/WO0-5 142
4139100800 WDK-M08US/WO0-10 142
4139100801 GDK-M12US/WO0-2 142
4139100802 GDK-M12US/WO0-5 142
4139100803 GDK-M12US/WO0-0 142
4139100804 WDK-M12US/WO0-2 142
4139100805 WDK-M12US/WO0-10 142
4139100899 GDK-R12US/WO0-2 143
4139100903 WDK-M12UA/WO0-5 142
4139100906 WDK-R12US/WO0-2 143
4139100956 GDK-M12UU/HO-2PU 143

176 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Mounting Material

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

B K S - D 2 0 P A
Product group Type group Material

Product group Type group

1 B Mounting material 5–7 For clips:

Diameter in mm corres-
2 Type of product
ponding to matching sensor

For elbows:
K Retaining bracket Type group

W Mounting bracket e.g. L05 Light barrier OR05

H Retaining plate e.g. M06 Magnetic switch M06

3 Specification Material

S Bracket, 2-piece 8–9 Material

B Block, 1-piece ST Steel

R Reducer NI Stainless steel

N 90° elbow AL Aluminium

4 - Dash (fixed) PA Polyamide

PP Polypropylene

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 177

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Wiring Diagrams

Ausgangsarten DC 1 PNP output NPN output

(circuit schematic) (circuit schematic)

Cable colour abbreviations

BN = Brown
BU = Blue
BK = Black (switch output)

3) PNP programmable
1) PNP normally-open contact 2) PNP normally-closed contact The PNP NO contact 1) or PNP NC contact 2)
When actuated, a PNP transistor applies the When actuated, a PNP transistor disconnects function can be selected by means of a built-in
output to positive. the output from positive. changeover switch.

6) NPN programmable
4) NPN normally-open contact 5) NPN normally-closed contact The NPN NO contact 4) or NPN NC contact 5)
When actuated, a NPN transistor applies the When actuated, an NPN transistor disconnects function can be selected by means of a built-in
output to negative. the output from negative. changeover switch.

7) PNP/NPN programmable 9) Push-pull programmable

Two built-in changeover switches are used to When actuated, the output changes from negative
select between PNP or NPN switching and between 8) NAMUR to positive or, selectable with a built-in changeover
NC or NO function. Current change to DIN EN 60947-5-6 switch, from positive to negative.

178 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Types of Output DC 2 DC 2-wire DC 4-wire
(circuit schematic) (circuit schematic)

Cable colour abbreviations

BN = Brown
BU = Blue
BK = Black (switch output)
WH = White (switch output)

3) NC/NO contact programmable

DC 2-wire
1) NO contact DC 2-wire 2) NC contact DC 2-wire The NO contact 1) or NC contact 2) function can be
When actuated, the contacts are bridged. When actuated, the contacts are disconnected. selected by means of a built-in changeover switch.

4) Changeover output DC (antivalent) 5) Changeover output DC (antivalent)

PNP 4-wire NPN 4-wire
When actuated, the positive operating voltage is When actuated, the negative operating voltage is
alternatively applied to one of the two outputs. alternatively applied to one of the two outputs.

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 179

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Wiring Diagrams

Types of Output AC 1 AC 2-wire AC 3-wire

(circuit schematic) (circuit schematic)

Cable colour abbreviations

BN = Brown
BU = Blue
BK = Black

3) NC/NO contact programmable

1) NO contact AC 3-wire 2) NC contact AC 3-wire AC 3-wire
When actuated, a thyristor connected across When actuated, a thyristor connected across The AC NO contact 1) or AC NC contact 2)
a rectifier bridge applies the operating voltage a rectifier bridge disconnects the operating function can be selected by means of a built-in
to the output. oltage from the output. changeover switch.

6) NC/NO contact programmable

5) NC contact AC 2-wire AC 2-wire
4) NO contact AC 2-wire When actuated, a thyristor connected across The AC NO contact 4) or AC NC contact 5)
When actuated, a thyristor connected across a recti- a rectifier bridge disconnects the load from the function can be selected by means of a built-in
fier bridge applies the load to the operating voltage. operating voltage. changeover switch.

BN
L1
BU
N
GY
N.C.
BK
C.
WH N.O.

7) AC relay output
With adjustable pickup delay

180 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Optoelectronic
Sensors 1

1 Transmitter 4 PNP 7 NPN

Light activated or dark activated Light activated or dark activated

2 Transmitter 5 PNP antivalent 8 NPN antivalent

Light activated and dark activated Light activated and dark activated

Funktionsreserve

hysteresis surplus
detection
signal
strength

diagnostic
fault
output
(green LED)
output
(yellow LED)

3 Transmitter 6 PNP
Light activated and operating reserve output

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 181

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
 Wiring Diagrams

Optoelectronic
Sensors 2

Transmitter AC 3-wire NPN or PNP

NPN or PNP Relay output Relay output

DIN connector

182 2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected]

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com
Type of Contact

Electric Loading Capacity

of Reed Contacts AC/DC

Contact type ID Power Voltage Current

R 3 VA 28 V 0.25 A
X 5 VA 100 V 0.25 A
B 10 VA 250 V 0.5 A
Y 10 VA 100 V 0.5 A
A 20 VA 250 V 0.5 A
K 30 VA 250 V 0.5 A
H 60 VA 250 V 1.0 A
L 60 VA 250 V 1.0 A
M 80 VA 250 V 1.0 A
F 100 VA 250 V 3.0 A
G 250 VA* 250 V 5.0 A*
P 250 VA* 250 V 5.0 A*

* Maximum make current for the duration of 2 ms

2.5 A; 100 W/VA in continuous operation

Wiring Diagrams Wiring Diagrams

Electromechanical Magnetic Switches Electronic Magnetic Switches

contact
NC contact, PNP

NO contact
NO contact,
PNP/PNP, bistable

Changeover
contact

NC contact, NPN
Bistable
ON-OFF

Bistable NO contact, NPN

Changeover
contact

2 rue René Laennec 51500 Taissy France E-mail:[email protected] 183

Fax: 03 26 85 19 08, Tel : 03 26 82 49 29 Site web : www.hvssystem.com